% \iffalse ---!!! FIRST META-COMMENT !!!--- % % % This file is mathfont_code.dtx from version 2.0 of the % free and open-source LaTeX package "mathfont," to be % used with the XeTeX or LuaTeX engines. Running LaTeX on % mathfont_code.dtx will produce the following files: % % (1) the package file mathfont.sty; % % (2) the pdf documentation file mathfont_code.pdf; % % (3) the derived files mathfont_symbol_list.tex, % mathfont_user_guide.tex, and four files called % mathfont_example_.tex, which can be % used to typeset further documentation for % mathfont; % % (4) the stand-alone derived files mathfont_doc_patch.tex, % mathfont_equations.tex, and mathfont_heading.tex, % which are used to produce documentation; and % % (5) a number of other derived files. % % To install mathfont on your computer, run this file through % LaTeX and move mathfont.sty into a directory searchable by % TeX. % % % \fi % \iffalse ---!!! SECOND META-COMMENT !!!--- % % % This file is from version 2.0 of the free and open-source % LaTeX package "mathfont," to be used with the XeTeX or % LuaTeX engines. (As of version 2.0, LuaTeX is recommended.) % % Copyright 2018-2021 by Conrad Kosowsky % % This file may be distributed and modified under the terms % of the LaTeX Public Project License, version 1.3c or any % later version. The most recent version of this license is % available online at % % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/. % % This Work has the LPPL status "maintained," and the current % maintainer is the package author, Conrad Kosowsky. He can % be reached at kosowsky.latex@gmail.com. The Work consists % of the following items: % % (1) the base file: % mathfont_code.dtx % % (2) the package file: % mathfont.sty % % (3) the derived files: % mathfont_doc_patch.tex % mathfont_equations.tex % mathfont_example_cormorant.tex % mathfont_example_kelvinch.tex % mathfont_example_roboto.tex % mathfont_example_typey.tex % mathfont_heading.tex % mathfont_symbol_list.tex % mathfont_user_guide.tex % % (4) the pdf documentation files: % mathfont_code.pdf, % mathfont_example_cormorant.pdf % mathfont_example_kelvinch.pdf % mathfont_example_roboto.pdf % mathfont_example_typey.pdf % mathfont_symbol_list.pdf % mathfont_user_guide.pdf % % (5) all other files created through the configuration % process % % (6) the associated README.txt file % % THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS % OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES % OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. % IF THE SOFTWARE IS DEFECTIVE, YOU AGREE TO ASSUME THE % COST FOR ANY REPAIR OR CORRECTION. % % BY USING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE % TO RELEASE THE PACKAGE AUTHOR FROM ANY LIABILITY FOR % DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE. YOU % AGREE TO DO SO TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED UNDER % APPLICABLE LAW AND EVEN IF THE PACKAGE AUTHOR HAS % BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. % % See also the "No Warranty" section of the LaTeX Project % Public License. In releasing the package author from % liability, you also release from liability any third % parties who distribute the software under the terms % of the LaTeX Project Public License. Derivative works % based on this package may come with their own license or % terms of use, and the package author is not responsible % for any third-party software. % % The Work does not include any fonts, and the installation % does not contain any font files. The fonts Bona Nova, % Cormorant, Crimson, Kelvinch, Overpass, STIXGeneral, and % Typey McTypeface have released under the SIL Open Font % License and are used pursuant to that license. The font % Roboto has been released under the Apache License and is % used pursuant to that license. % % Happy TeXing! % % % \fi % \iffalse % % The installation and driver files are incorporated into % mathfont_code.dtx, so we do not need to generate them % separately. The and tags are for % reference. % %<*batchfile> \begingroup \input docstrip.tex \keepsilent \askforoverwritefalse \preamble This file is from version 2.0 of the free and open-source LaTeX package "mathfont," to be used with the XeTeX or LuaTeX engines. (As of version 2.0, LuaTeX is recommended.) Copyright 2018-2021 by Conrad Kosowsky This file may be distributed and modified under the terms of the LaTeX Public Project License, version 1.3c or any later version. The most recent version of this license is available online at https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/. This Work has the LPPL status "maintained," and the current maintainer is the package author, Conrad Kosowsky. He can be reached at kosowsky.latex@gmail.com. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IF THE SOFTWARE IS DEFECTIVE, YOU AGREE TO ASSUME THE COST FOR ANY REPAIR OR CORRECTION. BY USING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO RELEASE THE PACKAGE AUTHOR FROM ANY LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE. YOU AGREE TO DO SO TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW AND EVEN IF THE PACKAGE AUTHOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. See also the "No Warranty" section of the LaTeX Project Public License. In releasing the package author from liability, you also release from liability any third parties who distribute the software under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License. Derivative works based on this package may come with their own license or terms of use, and the package author is not responsible for any third-party software. For more information, see the mathfont_code.dtx. Happy TeXing! \endpreamble \generate{ \file{mathfont.sty}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{package}} \file{mathfont_symbol_list.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{chars}} \file{mathfont_user_guide.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{user}} \file{mathfont_heading.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{heading}} \file{mathfont_doc_patch.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{doc}} \file{mathfont_equations.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{equations}} \file{mathfont_example_cormorant.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{cormorant}} \file{mathfont_example_kelvinch.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{kelvinch}} \file{mathfont_example_roboto.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{roboto}} \file{mathfont_example_typey.tex}{\from{mathfont_code.dtx}{typey}}} \catcode`\ =12\relax \message{^^J^^J ******************************************^^J * *^^J * To finish the installation, move the *^^J * following file into a directory *^^J * searchable by TeX once *^^J * mathfont_code.dtx finishes compiling: *^^J * *^^J * mathfont.sty *^^J * *^^J ******************************************^^J^^J^^J^^J^^J^^J} \endgroup % %<*driver> \documentclass[12pt,twoside]{ltxdoc} \makeatletter \usepackage[margin=72.27pt]{geometry} \usepackage[factor=700,stretch=14,shrink=14,step=1]{microtype} \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{tabularx} \usepackage{booktabs} \usepackage{multirow} \c@IndexColumns=2 \c@topnumber\@ne \columnsep=20pt \MacroIndent=1.32em \let\index@prologue\relax \EnableCrossrefs\CodelineIndex \begin{document} \def\documentname{Implementation} \def\showabstract{1} \input mathfont_doc_patch.tex \input mathfont_heading.tex \DocInput{mathfont_code.dtx} \vfil\eject \immediate\closeout\@indexfile \ifx\directlua\@undefined \immediate\write18{makeindex -s gind.ist mathfont_code.idx} \else \directlua{os.execute("makeindex -s gind.ist mathfont_code.idx")} \fi \section*{Index} Upright entries refer to lines in the code, and italic entries indicate pages in the document. Bold means a definition. \medskip \input mathfont_code.ind \end{document} % %<*package> % % \fi % % % \CheckSum{6965} % \init@checksum % % % \makeatother\CharacterTable % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z % Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z % Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 % Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# % Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& % Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) % Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, % Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ % Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< % Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? % Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ % Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ % Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % \makeatletter % % % \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\ProvidesPackage,\DeclareOption,\ProcessOptions,% % \def,\edef,\global,\let,\csname,\endcsname,\expandafter,\relax,\advance,% % \newcount,\newif,\z@,\@ne,\m@ne,\ifx,\ifcat,\ifnum,\ifeof,\ifmmode,% % \else,\fi,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageError,\message,\@undefined,% % \space,\MessageBreak,\string,\M@count,\count@,\noexpand,\@empty,% % \@tempa,\@tempb,\@tempc,\@temp@opt,\@temp@sub,\@i,\@j,\@k,\count,\tw@,% % \do,\DeclareMathSymbol,\the,\mathalpha,\mathord,\multiply,% % \mathop,\mathbin,\mathrel,\mathopen,\mathclose,\mathpunct,\mathinner,% % \DeclareRobustCommand,\joinrel,\smash,\newtoks,\if,\\,\@nil,\leavevmode,% % \begingroup,\endgroup,\+,\active,\@gobbletwo,\GenericError,\catcode, % \wlog,\typeout,\E@sterEggUpd@te,\show,\@temperror,% % \xdef,\@for,\@tfor,\@ifundefined,\@ifpackageloaded,\@nnil,\@onlypreamble,% % \AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\AtVeryVeryEnd,\bgroup,\CurrentOption,% % \egroup,\escapechar,\ifM@upper,\ifM@lower,\ifM@diacritics,% % \ifM@greekupper,\ifM@greeklower,\ifM@agreekupper,% % \ifM@agreeklower,\ifM@cyrillicupper,\ifM@cyrilliclower,% % \ifM@hebrew,\ifM@digits,\ifM@operator,\ifM@symbols,% % \ifM@extsymbols,\ifM@delimiters,\ifM@arrows,\ifM@bigops,% % \ifM@extbigops,\ifM@bb,\ifM@cal,\ifM@frak,\ifM@bcal,\M@font@loadedtrue% % \ifM@bfrak,\if@optionpresent,\if@suboptionpresent,% % \mathgroup,\nolimits,\on@line,\PackageWarningNoLine,\RequirePackage,% % \thr@@,\M@toks,\inputlineno,\mathchar@type,\DeclareMathAccent,% % \ifM@EasterEgg@declare,\M@EasterEgg@declaretrue,\M@EasterEgg@declarefalse,% % \IfFileExists,\E@sterEggHook,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo@brackets,% % \protected,\@eha,\@cclv,\new@mathgroup,\new@symbolfont,\@latex@error,% % \ifcase,\or,\thr@@,\gdef,\rmdefault,\openin,\closein,\immediate,% % \M@Decl@reF@milytrue,\M@Decl@reF@milyfalse,\itdefault,\shapedefault,% % \mddefault,\bfdefault,\E@sterEggDecl@redtrue,\detokenize,\@ifnextchar,% % \@next,\@suboptionpresenttrue,\@suboptionpresentfalse,\@break@tfor,% % \M@adjust@fonttrue,\M@adjust@fontfalse,\M@fromCharmFiletrue,\M@fromCharmFilefalse,% % \M@arg@goodtrue,\M@arg@goodfalse,\M@Noluaotfloadtrue,\M@Noluaotfloadfalse,% % \M@XeTeXLuaTeXtrue,\ifcsname,\ifdefined,\TU,\",\@@DeclareSymbolFont,% % \@@set@mathaccent,\@@set@mathchar,\@@set@mathsymbol,\@expandedtwoargs,% % \@spaces,\@tempswatrue,\@tempswafalse,\@iftempswa,\@tempbase,\@tempfeatures, % \copy,\e@mathgroup@top,\endlinechar,\everyeof,\globaldefs,\m@th,\newbox,\newread,% % \newmuskip,\number,\setmainfont,\zap@space,\setbox,\clap,\hss,\ht,\wd,\dp,\raise} % \DoNotIndex{\cyrA,\cyrBe,\cyrVe,\cyrGhe,\cyrDe,% % \cyrIe,\cyrZhe,\cyrZe,\cyrI,\cyrKa,\cyrEl,% % \cyrEm,\cyrEn,\cyrO,\cyrPe,\cyrEr,\cyrEs,% % \cyrTe,\cyrU,\cyrEf,\cyrHa,\cyrTse,\cyrChe,% % \cyrSha,\cyrShcha,\cyrHard,\cyrYeru,\cyrSoft,% % \cyrE,\cyrYu,\cyrYa,\cyrvarI,\cyra,\cyrbe,% % \cyrve,\cyrghe,\cyrde,\cyrie,\cyrzhe,\cyrze,% % \cyri,\cyrka,\cyrel,\cyrem,\cyren,\cyro,% % \cyrpe,\cyrer,\cyres,\cyrte,\cyru,\cyref,% % \cyrha,\cyrtse,\cyrche,\cyrsha,\cyrshcha,% % \cyrhard,\cyryeru,\cyrsoft,\cyre,\cyryu,% % \cyrya,\cyrvari} % \DoNotIndex{\M@bb@A,\M@bb@B,\M@bb@C,\M@bb@D,\M@bb@E,% % \M@bb@F,\M@bb@G,\M@bb@H,\M@bb@I,\M@bb@J,\M@bb@K,% % \M@bb@L,\M@bb@M,\M@bb@N,\M@bb@O,\M@bb@P,\M@bb@Q,% % \M@bb@R,\M@bb@S,\M@bb@T,\M@bb@U,\M@bb@V,\M@bb@W,% % \M@bb@X,\M@bb@Y,\M@bb@Z,\M@bb@a,\M@bb@b,\M@bb@c,% % \M@bb@d,\M@bb@e,\M@bb@f,\M@bb@g,\M@bb@h,\M@bb@i,% % \M@bb@j,\M@bb@k,\M@bb@l,\M@bb@m,\M@bb@n,\M@bb@o,% % \M@bb@p,\M@bb@q,\M@bb@r,\M@bb@s,\M@bb@t,\M@bb@u,% % \M@bb@v,\M@bb@w,\M@bb@x,\M@bb@y,\M@bb@z} % \DoNotIndex{\M@cal@A,\M@cal@B,\M@cal@C,\M@cal@D,\M@cal@E,% % \M@cal@F,\M@cal@G,\M@cal@H,\M@cal@I,\M@cal@J,\M@cal@K,% % \M@cal@L,\M@cal@M,\M@cal@N,\M@cal@O,\M@cal@P,\M@cal@Q,% % \M@cal@R,\M@cal@S,\M@cal@T,\M@cal@U,\M@cal@V,\M@cal@W,% % \M@cal@X,\M@cal@Y,\M@cal@Z,\M@cal@a,\M@cal@b,\M@cal@c,% % \M@cal@d,\M@cal@e,\M@cal@f,\M@cal@g,\M@cal@h,\M@cal@i,% % \M@cal@j,\M@cal@k,\M@cal@l,\M@cal@m,\M@cal@n,\M@cal@o,% % \M@cal@p,\M@cal@q,\M@cal@r,\M@cal@s,\M@cal@t,\M@cal@u,% % \M@cal@v,\M@cal@w,\M@cal@x,\M@cal@y,\M@cal@z} % \DoNotIndex{\M@frak@A,\M@frak@B,\M@frak@C,\M@frak@D,\M@frak@E,% % \M@frak@F,\M@frak@G,\M@frak@H,\M@frak@I,\M@frak@J,\M@frak@K,% % \M@frak@L,\M@frak@M,\M@frak@N,\M@frak@O,\M@frak@P,\M@frak@Q,% % \M@frak@R,\M@frak@S,\M@frak@T,\M@frak@U,\M@frak@V,\M@frak@W,% % \M@frak@X,\M@frak@Y,\M@frak@Z,\M@frak@a,\M@frak@b,\M@frak@c,% % \M@frak@d,\M@frak@e,\M@frak@f,\M@frak@g,\M@frak@h,\M@frak@i,% % \M@frak@j,\M@frak@k,\M@frak@l,\M@frak@m,\M@frak@n,\M@frak@o,% % \M@frak@p,\M@frak@q,\M@frak@r,\M@frak@s,\M@frak@t,\M@frak@u,% % \M@frak@v,\M@frak@w,\M@frak@x,\M@frak@y,\M@frak@z} % \DoNotIndex{\M@bcal@A,\M@bcal@B,\M@bcal@C,\M@bcal@D,\M@bcal@E,% % \M@bcal@F\M@bcal@G,\M@bcal@H,\M@bcal@I,\M@bcal@J,\M@bcal@K,% % \M@bcal@L\M@bcal@M,\M@bcal@N,\M@bcal@O,\M@bcal@P,\M@bcal@Q,% % \M@bcal@R,\M@bcal@S,\M@bcal@T,\M@bcal@U,\M@bcal@V,\M@bcal@W,% % \M@bcal@X,\M@bcal@Y,\M@bcal@Z,\M@bcal@a,\M@bcal@b,\M@bcal@c,% % \M@bcal@d,\M@bcal@e,\M@bcal@f,\M@bcal@g,\M@bcal@h,\M@bcal@i,% % \M@bcal@j,\M@bcal@k,\M@bcal@l,\M@bcal@m,\M@bcal@n,\M@bcal@o,% % \M@bcal@p,\M@bcal@q,\M@bcal@r,\M@bcal@s,\M@bcal@t,\M@bcal@u,% % \M@bcal@v,\M@bcal@w,\M@bcal@x,\M@bcal@y,\M@bcal@z} % \DoNotIndex{\M@bfrak@A,\M@bfrak@B,\M@bfrak@C,\M@bfrak@D,% % \M@bfrak@E,\M@bfrak@F,\M@bfrak@G,\M@bfrak@H,\M@bfrak@I,% % \M@bfrak@J,\M@bfrak@K,\M@bfrak@L,\M@bfrak@M,\M@bfrak@N,% % \M@bfrak@O,\M@bfrak@P,\M@bfrak@Q,\M@bfrak@R,\M@bfrak@S,% % \M@bfrak@T,\M@bfrak@U,\M@bfrak@V,\M@bfrak@W,\M@bfrak@X,% % \M@bfrak@Y,\M@bfrak@Z,\M@bfrak@a,\M@bfrak@b,\M@bfrak@c,% % \M@bfrak@d,\M@bfrak@e,\M@bfrak@f,\M@bfrak@g,\M@bfrak@h,% % \M@bfrak@i,\M@bfrak@j,\M@bfrak@k,\M@bfrak@l,\M@bfrak@m,% % \M@bfrak@n,\M@bfrak@o,\M@bfrak@p,\M@bfrak@q,\M@bfrak@r,% % \M@bfrak@s,\M@bfrak@t,\M@bfrak@u,\M@bfrak@v,\M@bfrak@w,% % \M@bfrak@x,\M@bfrak@y,\M@bfrak@z} % % % \DoNotIndexMain{\@@set@mathchar,\@@set@mathsymbol,% % \@@set@mathaccent,\set@mathchar,\set@mathsymbol,% % \set@mathaccent,\Umathcode,\Umathchardef,% % \colon,\mathellipsis,\angle,\sqsubset,\sqsupset,\bowtie,% % \doteq,\neq,\ng,\clubsuit,\spadesuit,\diamondsuit,% % \heartsuit,\cong,\uparrow,\Uparrow,\downarrow,\Downarrow,% % \updownarrow,\Updownarrow,\longrightarrow,\longleftarrow,$ % \longleftrightarrow,\hookrightarrow,\hookleftarrow,% % \Longrightarrow,\Longleftarrow,\Longleftrightarrow,% % \rightleftharpoons,\to,\mapsto,\mapsto,\longmapsto,% % \from,\mapsfrom,\longmapsfrom,\lightningboltarrow,\sum,% % \prod,\coprod,\bigvee,\bigwedge,\bigcup,\bigcap,% % \bigoplus,\bigotimes,\bigodot,\bigsqcup,\iint,\iiint,% % \oint,\oiint,\oiiint,\Umathaccent,\@uppershape,% % \@lowershape,\@diacriticsshape,\@greekuppershape,% % \@greeklowershape,\@agreekuppershape,\@agreeklowershape,% % \@cyrillicuppershape,\@cyrilliclowershape,\@hebrewshape,% % \@digitsshape,\@operatorshape,\@symbolsshape,% % \@extsymbolsshape,\@delimitersshape,\@arrowsshape,% % \@bigopsshape,\@extbigopsshape,\@bbshape,\@calshape,% % \@frakshape,\@bcalshape,\@bfrakshape} % % % \noindent This file documents the code for the \textsf{mathfont} package. It is not a user guide! If you are looking for instructions on how to use \textsf{mathfont} in your document, see |mathfont_user_guide.pdf|, which is included with the \textsf{mathfont} installation and is available on \textsc{ctan}. See also the other |pdf| documentation files for \textsf{mathfont}. Section~1 of this document begins with the implementation basics, including package declaration and package options. Section~2 deals with errors and messaging, and section~3 provides package default settings. Section~4 contains the optional-argument parser for |\mathfont|, and section~5 contains the fontloader. Section 6 documents the code for the |\mathfont| command itself. In section~7, the package initializes the commands for letterlike symbols, and section~8 contains the code for local font changes. Section~9 contains miscellaneous material. Sections~10--12 contain the Lua code to modify font objects at loading, and section~13 lists the unicode hex values used in symbol declaration. Version history and code index appear at the end of the document. % % \section{Implementation Basics} % % First and foremost, the package needs to declare itself. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{mathfont}[2021/12/28 v. 2.0 Package mathfont] % \end{macrocode} % We specify conditionals that we will use later in handling options and setup. % \begin{macrocode} \newif\ifM@XeTeXLuaTeX % is engine one of xetex or luatex? \newif\ifM@Noluaotfload % cannot find luaotfload.sty? \newif\ifM@adjust@font % should adjust fonts with lua script? \newif\ifM@font@loaded % load mathfont with font specified? \newif\ifE@sterEggDecl@red % already did easter egg? % \end{macrocode} % We disable the eighteen user-level commands. If \textsf{mathfont} runs normally, it will overwrite these ``bad'' definitions later, but if it throws one of its two fatal errors, it will |\endinput| while the user-level commands are error messages. That way the commands don't do anything in the user's document, and the user gets information on why not. The bad definitions gobble their original arguments to avoid a ``missing |\begin{document}|'' error.\indexpage{invalid command error} % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\@gobbletwo@brackets[#1]#2{} \def\M@NoMathfontError#1{\PackageError{mathfont} {\MessageBreak Invalid command\MessageBreak \string#1 on line \the\inputlineno} {Your command was ignored. I couldn't\MessageBreak load mathfont, so I never defined this\MessageBreak control sequence.}} \def\mathfont{\M@NoMathfontError\mathfont \@ifnextchar[\@gobbletwo@brackets\@gobble} \def\mathconstantsfont{\M@NoMathfontError\mathconstantsfont\@gobble} \def\setfont{\M@NoMathfontError\setfont\@gobble} \def\newmathrm{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathrm\@gobbletwo} \def\newmathit{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathit\@gobbletwo} \def\newmathbf{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathbf\@gobbletwo} \def\newmathbfit{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathbf\@gobbletwo} \def\newmathsc{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathsc\@gobbletwo} \def\newmathscit{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathscit\@gobbletwo} \def\newmathbfsc{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathbfsc\@gobbletwo} \def\newmathbfscit{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathbfscit\@gobbletwo} \def\newmathfontcommand{\M@NoMathfontError\newmathfontcommand\@gobblefour} \def\RuleThicknessFactor{\M@NoMathfontError\RuleThicknessFactor\@gobble} \def\IntegralItalicFactor{\M@NoMathfontError\IntegralItalicFactor\@gobble} \def\SurdVerticalFactor{\M@NoMathfontError\SurdVerticalFactor\@gobble} \def\SurdHorizontalFactor{\M@NoMathfontError\SurdHorizontalFactor\@gobble} \def\CharmLine{\M@NoMathfontError\CharmLine\@gobble} \def\CharmFile{\M@NoMathfontError\CharmFile\@gobble} % \end{macrocode} % Check that the engine is \XeTeX\ or Lua\TeX. If yes, set |\ifM@XeTeXLuaTeX| to true. (Otherwise the conditional will be false by default.) % \begin{macrocode} \ifdefined\directlua \M@XeTeXLuaTeXtrue \fi \ifdefined\XeTeXrevision \M@XeTeXLuaTeXtrue \fi % \end{macrocode} % The package can raise two fatal errors: one if the engine is not \XeTeX\ or Lua\TeX (and cannot load OpenType fonts) and one if \TeX\ cannot find the \textsf{luaotfload} package. In this case, the package will stop loading, so we want a particularly conspicuous error message. % % The error message itself is organized as follows. For each message, we check the appropriate conditional to determine if we need to raise the error. If yes, we change |+| to active and define it to be equal to a space character. We use |+| to print multiple spaces inside the error message, and we put the catcode change inside a group to keep it local.\indexpage{catcode changes} We define a |\GenericError| inside a macro and then call the macro for a cleaner error message. The |\@gobbletwo| eats the extra period and return that \LaTeX\ adds to the error message. Notice that we |\endgroup| immediately after issuing the error\textemdash this is because we need |\M@NoFontspecError| to both tokenize its definition and then evaluate while |+| has catcode 13. Otherwise, \TeX\ will issue an |\inaccessible| error. However, we want |\AtBeginDocument| and |\endinput| outside the group. The |\expandafter| means that we expand the final |\fi| before |\endinput|, which balances the original conditional.\indexpage{unable to load}\indexpage{missing xetex or luatex=missing \XeTeX\ or Lua\TeX} % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@XeTeXLuaTeX\else \begingroup \catcode`\+=\active \def+{ } \def\M@XeTeXLuaTeXError{\GenericError{} {\MessageBreak\MessageBreak Package mathfont error: \MessageBreak\MessageBreak +*************************\MessageBreak +*+++++++++++++++++++++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++++UNABLE TO+++++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++LOAD MATHFONT+++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++++++++++++++++++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++Missing XeTeX+++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++++or LuaTeX+++++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++++++++++++++++++++*\MessageBreak +*************************\MessageBreak\@gobbletwo} {See the mathfont package documentation for explanation.} {I need XeTeX or LuaTeX to make mathfont\MessageBreak work properly. It looks like the current\MessageBreak engine is something else, so I'm going to\MessageBreak stop reading in the package file now. (You\MessageBreak won't be able to use commands from mathfont\MessageBreak in your document.) To make mathfont work\MessageBreak correctly, please retypeset your document\MessageBreak with one of those two engines.^^J}} \M@XeTeXLuaTeXError \endgroup \AtEndOfPackage{\typeout{Package mathfont failed to load\on@line.}} \expandafter\endinput % we should \endinput with a balanced conditional \fi % \end{macrocode} % Now do the same thing in checking for \textsf{luaotfload}. If the engine is Lua\TeX, we tell \textsf{mathfont} to implement Lua-based font adjustments by default. The conditional |\ifM@Noluaotfload| will keep track of whether \TeX\ could find |luaotfload.sty|. If the engine is \XeTeX, issue a warning. % \begin{macrocode} \ifdefined\directlua \M@adjust@fonttrue % if engine is LuaTeX, adjust font by default \IfFileExists{luaotfload.sty}{\M@Noluaotfloadfalse}{\M@Noluaotfloadtrue} \else \PackageWarningNoLine{mathfont}{% The current engine is XeTeX, but as\MessageBreak of mathfont version 2.0, LuaTeX is\MessageBreak recommended. Consider compiling with\MessageBreak LuaLaTeX. Certain features will not\MessageBreak work with XeTeX} \fi % \end{macrocode} % If the engine is Lua\TeX, we absolutely must have \textsf{luaotfload} because Lua\TeX\ needs this package to load OpenType fonts. Before anything else, \TeX\ should check whether it can find |luaotfload.sty| and stop reading in \textsf{mathfont} if it cannot. Same command structure as before. Newer \LaTeX\ installations try to load \textsf{luaotfload} as part of the format, but it never hurts to double check.\indexpage{could not load}\indexpage{cannot not find the file luaotfloadsty=cannot find the file \texttt{luaotfload}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@Noluaotfload % false by default; true if LuaTeX AND no luaotfload.sty \begingroup \catcode`\+=\active \def+{ } \def\M@NoluaotfloadError{\GenericError{} {\MessageBreak\MessageBreak Package mathfont error: \MessageBreak\MessageBreak +*************************\MessageBreak +*+++++++++++++++++++++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++++UNABLE TO+++++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++LOAD MATHFONT+++++*\MessageBreak +*+++++++++++++++++++++++*\MessageBreak +*++++Cannot find the++++*\MessageBreak +*++file luaotfload.sty++*\MessageBreak +*+++++++++++++++++++++++*\MessageBreak +*************************\MessageBreak\@gobbletwo} {You are likely seeing this message because you haven't^^J% installed luaotfload. Check your TeX distribution for a^^J% list of the packages on your system. See the mathfont^^J% documentation for further explanation.^^J} {It looks like the current engine is LuaTeX, so I\MessageBreak need the luaotfload package to make mathfont work\MessageBreak correctly. I can't find luaotfload, so I'm going to\MessageBreak stop reading in the mathfont package file now. (You\MessageBreak won't be able to use commands from mathfont in your\MessageBreak document.) To make mathfont work correctly, make\MessageBreak sure luaotfload.sty is installed on your computer\MessageBreak in a directory searchable by TeX or compile with\MessageBreak XeLaTeX.^^J}} \M@NoluaotfloadError \endgroup \AtEndOfPackage{\typeout{Package mathfont failed to load\on@line.}} \expandafter\endinput % we should \endinput with a balanced conditional \fi % \end{macrocode} % Some package options are now deprecated, specifically |packages|, |operators|, and |no-operators|. In the case of these options, the command |\M@Optiondeprecated| issues an error and tells the user the appropriate alternative.\indexpage{deprecated} We check for \textsf{atveryend} to use with the easter egg. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@Optiondeprecated#1#2{\PackageError{mathfont} {Option "#1" deprecated} {Your option was ignored. Please\MessageBreak use #2\MessageBreak instead. For more information,\MessageBreak see the mathfont documentation.}} \IfFileExists{atveryend.sty} {\RequirePackage{atveryend}\let\E@sterEggHook\AtVeryVeryEnd} {\let\E@sterEggHook\AtEndDocument} % \end{macrocode} % Now we code the package options. The deprecated options now cause an error. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{packages}{% \M@Optiondeprecated{packages} {the macro \string\restoremathinternals}} \DeclareOption{operators}{% \M@Optiondeprecated{operators} {the bigops keyword with \string\mathfont}} \DeclareOption{no-operators}{% \M@Optiondeprecated{no-operators} {the bigops keyword with \string\mathfont}} % \end{macrocode} % Easter egg! % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{easter-egg}{% \ifE@sterEggDecl@red\else \E@sterEggDecl@redtrue \def\EasterEggUpdate{\show\E@sterEggUpd@te} \def\E@sterEggUpd@te{Okay, opening your Easter egg} \EasterEggUpdate \def\E@sterEggUpd@te{..} \EasterEggUpdate \EasterEggUpdate \typeout{^^JHm, I think it flew out the^^J% window. Check back here when^^J% everything's done compiling^^J} \def\E@sterEggUpd@te{Uh oh} \EasterEggUpdate \def\E@sterEggUpd@te{Still wrangling. Try back later} \AtBeginDocument\EasterEggUpdate \E@sterEggHook{% \typeout{^^JHappy, happy day! Happy,^^J% happy day! Clap your hands,^^J% and be glad your hovercraft^^J% isn't full of eels!^^J} \def\E@sterEggUpd@te{Got it :) } \EasterEggUpdate} \fi}% my easter egg :) % \end{macrocode} % The three real package options. The options |adjust| and |no-adjust| overwrite \textsf{mathfont}'s default decision about whether to apply Lua-based font adjustments to all future fonts loaded. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{adjust}{\M@adjust@fonttrue} \DeclareOption{no-adjust}{\M@adjust@fontfalse} % \end{macrocode} % Interpret an unknown option as a font name and save it for loading. In this case, the package sets |\ifM@font@loaded| to true and stores the font name in |\M@font@load|.\?\ifM@font@loaded % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption*{\M@font@loadedtrue\edef\M@font@load{\CurrentOption}} \ProcessOptions* % \end{macrocode} % We print an informational message depending on whether the user enabled Lua-based font adjustments. If |\directlua| is defined, that means we are using Lua\TeX, so we print a message depending on |\ifM@adjust@font|. % \begin{macrocode} \ifdefined\directlua \ifM@adjust@font \AtEndOfPackage{% \typeout{:: mathfont :: Lua-based font adjustments enabled.}} \else \AtEndOfPackage{% \typeout{:: mathfont :: Lua-based font adjustments disabled.}} \fi \else % \end{macrocode} % If |\directlua| is undefined, we say that Lua-based font adjustments are disabled, and we issue an error if the user tried to manually enable them. % \begin{macrocode} \AtEndOfPackage{% \typeout{:: mathfont :: Lua-based font adjustments disabled.}} \ifM@adjust@font \AtEndOfPackage{% \PackageError{mathfont}{Option^^J"adjust" ignored with XeTeX} {Your package option "adjust" was ignored.\MessageBreak This option works only with LuaTeX, and it\MessageBreak looks like the current engine is XeTeX. To\MessageBreak enable Lua-based font adjustments, compile\MessageBreak with LuaLaTeX.^^J}} \M@adjust@fontfalse \fi \fi % \end{macrocode} % % % \section{Errors and Messaging} % % Some error and informational messages. Table~1 lists all macros defined in this section along with a brief description of their use. We begin with general informational messages.\indexpage{log file=\texttt{log} file}\indexpage{Package mathfont Info}\indexpage{I already set the font} % % \begin{figure}[b] % \def\vrb#1{\texttt{\string#1}} % \centerline{\bfseries Table 1: Different Warnings and Errors and Their Uses\strut} % \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{lX} % \toprule % Command & Use\\\midrule % \vrb\M@CommandInitializeInfo & Initialize alphanumeric font-change commands\\ % \vrb\M@FontChangeInfo & NFSS font information\\ % \vrb\M@NewFontCommandInfo & Initialize local font-change commands\\\midrule % \vrb\M@CharacterArgWarning & Bad characters for alphanumeric font changes\\ % \vrb\M@CharsSetWarning & Warning when calling \vrb\mathfont\ multiple times for same keyword\\ % \vrb\M@CSArgWarning & Bad characters for alphanumeric font changes\\ % \vrb\M@DeprecatedWarning & Warning for certain deprecated macros\\ % \vrb\M@DoubleArgWarning & Bad characters for alphanumeric font changes\\ % \vrb\M@NesgedArgWarning & Bad characters for alphanumeric font changes\\\midrule % \vrb\M@DoubleArgError & Bad argument provided to be font-change macro\\ % \vrb\M@HModeError & Alphanumeric font-change command used outside math mode\\ % \vrb\M@InternalsRestoredError & Called by \vrb\mathfont\ after restoring kernel\\ % \vrb\M@InvalidOptionError & Bad option for \vrb\mathfont\\ % \vrb\M@InvalidSupoptionError & Bad suboption for \vrb\mathfont\\ % \vrb\M@MissingControlSequenceError & No macro provided to be font-change command\\ % \vrb\M@MissingOptionError & Missing an option for \vrb\mathfont\\ % \vrb\M@MissingSuboptionError & Missing suboption for \vrb\mathfont\\ % \vrb\M@NoFontspecFamilyError & Improper option \texttt{fontspec} for \vrb\mathfont\\ % \vrb\M@NoFontspecError & Option \texttt{fontspec} for \vrb\mathfont\ declared without having loaded \textsf{fontspec}\\\midrule % \vrb\M@BadIntegerError & Font metric adjustment value was not an integer\\ % \vrb\M@ForbiddenCharmFile & Charm file contains a bad character\\ % \vrb\M@ForbiddenCharmLine & Charm line contains a bad character\\ % \vrb\M@NoFontAdjustError & Command called when Lua-based font adjustment was disabled\\ % \bottomrule % \end{tabularx} % \end{figure} % % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@FontChangeInfo#1#2#3#4#5{\wlog{Package mathfont Info: Setting #1 chars to #2!^^J% NFSS Family Name: #3^^J% Series/Shape Info: #4^^J% Symbol Font Name: #5^^J}} \def\M@CommandInitializeInfo#1{\wlog{Package mathfont Info: Initializing \noexpand#1 font-change command on line \the\inputlineno.}} \def\M@NewFontCommandInfo#1#2#3#4#5{\wlog{Package mathfont Info: Creating math-alphabet command^^J% \string#1 using #2 on line \the\inputlineno!^^J% NFSS Family Name: #3^^J% Series/Shape Info: #4/#5^^J}} \def\M@CharsSetWarning#1{\PackageWarning{mathfont} {I already set the font for\MessageBreak #1 chars, so I'm ignoring\MessageBreak this option for \string\mathfont\space on line \the\inputlineno\@gobble}} % \end{macrocode} % Warnings for the |\mathbb|, etc.\ commands. % \indexpage{Im ignoring the multiple characters=I'm ignoring the multiple characters} % \indexpage{Im ingoring the nested argument=I'm ignoring the nested argument} % \indexpage{Im ignoring the unexpandable=I'm ignoring the unexpandable} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@DoubleArgWarning#1#2{\PackageWarning{mathfont} {I'm ignoring the multiple characters\MessageBreak "#2" that are grouped together in\MessageBreak the argument of your \string#1\space command\MessageBreak}} \def\M@NestedArgWarning#1#2{\PackageWarning{mathfont} {I'm ignoring the nested argument\MessageBreak "#2" from your \string#1\MessageBreak command}} \def\M@CSArgWarning#1#2{\PackageWarning{mathfont} {I'm ignoring the unexpandable control\MessageBreak sequence \string#2\space that appears in the\MessageBreak argument of your \string#1\space command\MessageBreak}} \def\M@CharacterArgWarning#1#2{\PackageWarning{mathfont} {I'm ignoring the "#2" in the\MessageBreak argument of your \string#1\MessageBreak command because it isn't a\MessageBreak letter or digit}} % \end{macrocode} % Warning for deprecated commands.\indexpage{Your command is deprecated} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@DeprecatedWarning#1#2{\PackageWarning{mathfont} {Your \string#1\space command on\MessageBreak line \the\inputlineno\space is deprecated, and I\MessageBreak replaced it with \string#2\@gobble}} % \end{macrocode} % Error messages associated with |\mathfont|. % \indexpage{Invalid option for mathfont=Invalid Option for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \indexpage{Invalid suboption for mathfont=Invalid Suboption for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \indexpage{Missing option for mathfont=Missing Option for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \indexpage{Missing suboption for mathfont=Missing Suboption for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \indexpage{No previous font}\indexpage{Missing package fontspec=Missing package \texttt{fontspec}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@InvalidOptionError#1{\PackageError{mathfont} {Invalid^^Joption "#1" for \string\mathfont\on@line} {Hm. You used a keyword that isn't actually an optional\MessageBreak argument for \string\mathfont. Check that you spelled the keyword\MessageBreak correctly. Otherwise, I'm not sure what's wrong. Is this\MessageBreak option listed in the package documentation? In any event,\MessageBreak I'm going to ignore it.^^J}} \def\M@InvalidSuboptionError#1{\PackageError{mathfont} {Invalid^^Jsuboption "#1" for \string\mathfont\on@line} {Hm. You used a keyword that isn't actually a suboption\MessageBreak for \string\mathfont. Check that you spelled the keyword correctly.\MessageBreak Otherwise, I'm not sure what's wrong. Is this suboption\MessageBreak listed in the package documentation? In any event, I'm\MessageBreak going to ignore it.^^J}} \def\M@MissingOptionError{\PackageError{mathfont} {Missing^^Joption for \string\mathfont\on@line} {It looks like you included a , or = in\MessageBreak the optional argument of \string\mathfont\space but\MessageBreak didn't put anything before it.^^J}} \def\M@MissingSuboptionError{\PackageError{mathfont} {Missing^^Jsuboption for \string\mathfont\on@line} {It looks like you included an = somewhere\MessageBreak but didn't put the suboption after it. Either\MessageBreak that or you typed == instead of = in the\MessageBreak optional argument of \string\mathfont.^^J}} \def\M@InternalsRestoredError{\PackageError{mathfont} {Internal^^Jcommands restored} {This package slightly changes two LaTeX\MessageBreak internal commands, and you really shouldn't\MessageBreak be loading new math fonts without those\MessageBreak adjustments. What happened here is that you\MessageBreak used \string\mathfont\space in a situation where those\MessageBreak two commands retain their original defini-\MessageBreak tions. Presumably you used \string\mathfont\space after\MessageBreak calling the \string\restoremathinternals\space command.\MessageBreak I'm going to ignore this call to \string\mathfont.\MessageBreak Try typesetting this document with all\MessageBreak \string\mathfont\space commands placed before you call\MessageBreak \string\restoremathinternals.^^J}} \def\M@NoFontspecFamilyError{\PackageError{mathfont} {No previous^^Jfont loaded by fontspec} {You called \string\mathfont\space with the argument "fontspec" \MessageBreak on line \the\inputlineno, and that tells me to use the previous \MessageBreak font loaded by the fontspec package. However, it \MessageBreak looks like you haven't loaded any fonts yet with \MessageBreak fontspec. To resolve this error, try using for \MessageBreak example \string\setmainfont\space before calling \string\mathfont.^^J}} \def\M@NoFontspecError{\PackageError{mathfont} {Missing^^Jpackage fontspec} {You called \string\mathfont\space with the argument "fontspec" \MessageBreak on line \the\inputlineno, and that tells me to use the previous \MessageBreak font loaded by the fontspec package. However, you\MessageBreak haven't loaded fontspec, so some things are about\MessageBreak to get messed up. To resolve this error, load\MessageBreak fontspec before calling \string\mathfont.^^J}} % \end{macrocode} % Error messages for the |\newmathrm|, etc.\ commands. % \indexpage{Missing control sequence} % \indexpage{Multiple characters in argument} % \indexpage{Missing \$ inserted=Missing \texttt\$ inserted} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@MissingControlSequenceError#1#2{\PackageError{mathfont} {Missing control sequence\MessageBreak for\string#1\MessageBreak on input line \the\inputlineno} {Your command was ignored. Right now the\MessageBreak first argument of \string#1\space is "#2."\MessageBreak Please use a control sequence instead.^^J}} \def\M@DoubleArgError#1#2{\PackageError{mathfont} {Multiple characters in\MessageBreak first argument of \string#1\MessageBreak on input line \the\inputlineno} {Your command was ignored. Right now the\MessageBreak first argument of \string#1\space is "#2,"\MessageBreak which is multiple characters. Please use\MessageBreak a single character instead.^^J}} \def\M@HModeError#1{\PackageError{mathfont} {Missing \string$ inserted\MessageBreak inserted\on@line. Command\MessageBreak \string#1\space is for math mode only\MessageBreak} {I generated an error because you used \string#1\space outside of\MessageBreak math mode. I've inserted a \string$ just before your \string#1, so\MessageBreak we should be all good now.^^J}} % \end{macrocode} % We need error messages related to Lua-based font adjustments. % \indexpage{Forbidden charm info} % \indexpage{Your command is invalid without Lua-based} % \indexpage{Bad argument for} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@ForbiddenCharmLine#1{\PackageError{mathfont} {Forbidden charm info contains #1} {The argument of your \string\CharmLine\space macro on line \the\inputlineno\MessageBreak contains the character #1, which will mess me up\MessageBreak if I try to read it, so I'm ignoring this call\MessageBreak to \string\CharmLine. To resolve this error, make sure\MessageBreak your charm information contains only integers,\MessageBreak floats, asterisks, commas, and spaces.^^J}} \def\M@ForbiddenCharmFile#1{\PackageError{mathfont} {Forbidden charm info contains #1} {One of the lines in your \string\CharmFile\space from line \the\inputlineno\MessageBreak contains the character #1, which will mess me up\MessageBreak if I try to read it, so I'm ignoring this line\MessageBreak from your file. To resolve this error, make sure\MessageBreak your charm information contains only integers,\MessageBreak floats, asterisks, commas, and spaces.^^J}} \def\M@NoFontAdjustError#1{\PackageError{mathfont} {Your command \MessageBreak\string#1 is invalid\MessageBreak without Lua-based font adjustments} {You haven't enabled Lua-based font adjustments,\MessageBreak but the macro you called won't do anything without\MessageBreak them. I'm going to ignore your command for now. To\MessageBreak resolve this error, load mathfont with the package\MessageBreak option "adjust" or compile with LuaLaTeX.^^J}} \def\M@BadIntegerError#1#2{\PackageError{mathfont} {Bad argument for\MessageBreak\string#1} {Your command was ignored. Please make sure\MessageBreak that your argument of \string#1\space\MessageBreak is a nonnegative integer. Right now it's\MessageBreak "#2".^^J}} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Default Settings} % % We do not want \textsf{fontspec} making changes to mathematics. If the user has loaded the package, we set |\g__fontspec_math_bool| to false. Otherwise, we pass the |no-math| option to the package in case the user loads it later. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec} {\csname bool_set_false:N\expandafter\endcsname \csname g__fontspec_math_bool\endcsname} {\PassOptionsToPackage{no-math}{fontspec}} % \end{macrocode} % We save four macros from the \LaTeX\ kernel so we can change their definitions. To adapt the symbol declaration macros for use with unicode fonts, we reverse the conversion to hexadecimal in |\count0| and change the |\math|\dots\ primitive to |\Umath|. Unlike the traditional primitives, the |\Umath| primitives accept decimal input with a |+| sign.\indexpage{LaTeX kernel=\LaTeX\ kernel} % \begin{macrocode} \let\@@set@mathchar\set@mathchar \let\@@set@mathsymbol\set@mathsymbol \let\@@set@mathaccent\set@mathaccent \let\@@DeclareSymbolFont\DeclareSymbolFont \@onlypreamble\@@set@mathchar \@onlypreamble\@@set@mathsymbol \@onlypreamble\@@set@mathaccent \@onlypreamble\@@DeclareSymbolFont \wlog{Package mathfont Info: Adapting \noexpand\set@mathchar for unicode.} \wlog{Package mathfont Info: Adapting \noexpand\set@mathsymbol for unicode.} \wlog{Package mathfont Info: Adapting \noexpand\set@mathaccent for unicode.} \wlog{Package mathfont Info: Increasing upper bound on \noexpand\DeclareSymbolFont to 256.} % \end{macrocode} % Kernel command to set math characters from keystrokes. % \begin{macrocode} \def\set@mathchar#1#2#3#4{% \multiply\count\z@ by 16\relax \advance\count\z@\count\tw@ \global\Umathcode`#2=\mathchar@type#3+#1+\count\z@\relax} % \end{macrocode} % Kernel command to set math characters from control sequences. % \begin{macrocode} \def\set@mathsymbol#1#2#3#4{% \multiply\count\z@ by 16\relax \advance\count\z@\count\tw@ \global\Umathchardef#2=\mathchar@type#3+#1+\count\z@\relax} % \end{macrocode} % Kernel command to set accents. % \begin{macrocode} \def\set@mathaccent#1#2#3#4{% \multiply\count\z@ by 16\relax \advance\count\z@\count\tw@ \protected\xdef#2{% \Umathaccent\mathchar@type#3+\number#1+\the\count\z@\relax}} % \end{macrocode} % We increase the upper bound on the number of symbol fonts to be 256. Lua\TeX\ and \XeTeX\ allow up to 256 math families, but the \LaTeX\ kernel keeps the old upper bound of 16 symbol fonts under these two engines. We patch |\DeclareSymbolFont| to change the |\count18<15| to |\count18<\e@mathgroup@top|, where |\e@mathgroup@top| is the number of math families and is 256 in \XeTeX\ and Lua\TeX. Because macro patching is complicated, the next few lines may seem esoteric. Our approach is to get a sanitized definition with |\meaning| and |\strip@prefix|, implement the patch by expanding |\M@p@tch@decl@re|, and retokenize the whole thing. A simpler approach, such as calling |\M@p@tch@decl@re| directly on the expansion of |\DeclareSymbolFont|, won't work because of the way \TeX\ stores and expands parameter symbols inside macros. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@p@tch@decl@re#1<15#2\@nil{#1<\e@mathgroup@top#2} \edef\M@DecSymDef{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \M@p@tch@decl@re\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\DeclareSymbolFont\@nil} % \end{macrocode} % Now |\M@DecSymDef| contains the patched text of our new |\DeclareSymbolFont|, all with catcode 12. In order to make it useable, we have to retokenize it. We use |\scantextokens| in Lua\TeX\ and a safe version of |\scantokens| in \XeTeX. We store the |\def\DeclareSymbolFont| and parameter declaration in a separate macro |\@tempa| to make it easy to expand around them when we redefine |\DeclareSymbolFont|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@tempa{\def\DeclareSymbolFont##1##2##3##4##5} \ifdefined\directlua \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\scantextokens\expandafter{\M@DecSymDef}} % \end{macrocode} % Unfortunately, while |\scantextokens| is straightforward, |\scantokens| is a menace. The problem is that when it expands, the primitive inserts an end-of-file token (because |\scantokens| mimics writing to a file and |\input|ing what it just wrote) after the retokenized code, and this is why |\scantokens| often produces an error about prematurely ending a file. The easiest way to make the command useable is to put a |\noexpand| before the end-of-file token with |\everyeof|, and at the same time, this needs to happen inside an |\edef| so that \TeX\ handles the |\noexpand| as it is first seeing the end-of-file token. In order to prevent the |\edef| from also expanding our retokenized definition of |\DeclareSymbolFont|, we put the definition inside an |\unexpanded|. % \begin{macrocode} \else \begingroup \everyeof{\noexpand} \endlinechar\m@ne % \end{macrocode} % The first |\edef| expands |\M@DecSymDef| and defines |\M@retokenize| to be |\scantokens|\penalty0|{|\penalty0|\unexpanded|\penalty0|{|\meta{new definition}|}}|, and the second |\edef| carries out the retokenization. Once we have stored the patched definition in |\M@retokenize|, we expand |\M@retokenize| after the |\endgroup| and redefine |\DeclareSymbolFont| by calling |\@tempa|. % \begin{macrocode} \edef\M@retokenize{\noexpand\scantokens{\noexpand\unexpanded{\M@DecSymDef}}} \edef\M@retokenize{\M@retokenize} \expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\M@retokenize} \fi \@onlypreamble\@@DeclareSymbolFont % \end{macrocode} % We need to keep track of the number of times we have loaded fonts, and the count |\M@count| fulfills this role. We use |\M@errcode| in the alphanumeric commands, and the other counts come up in Lua-based font adjustments. The |\M@toks| object will record a message that displays in the |log| file when the user calls |\mathfont|. The |\newread| is for Lua-based font adjustments. % \begin{macrocode} \newbox\surdbox \newcount\M@count \newcount\M@errcode \newcount\M@rule@thickness@factor \newcount\M@integral@italic@factor \newcount\M@surd@vertical@factor \newcount\M@surd@horizontal@factor \newmuskip\radicandoffset \newread\M@Charm \newtoks\M@toks \M@count\z@ \M@rule@thickness@factor\@m \M@integral@italic@factor=400\relax \M@surd@horizontal@factor\@m \M@surd@vertical@factor\@m \radicandoffset=3mu\relax % \end{macrocode} % We create necessary booleans and the default math font shapes. % \begin{macrocode} \newif\ifM@upper \newif\ifM@lower \newif\ifM@diacritics \newif\ifM@greekupper \newif\ifM@greeklower \newif\ifM@agreekupper \newif\ifM@agreeklower \newif\ifM@cyrillicupper \newif\ifM@cyrilliclower \newif\ifM@hebrew \newif\ifM@digits \newif\ifM@operator \newif\ifM@symbols \newif\ifM@extsymbols \newif\ifM@delimiters \newif\ifM@radical \newif\ifM@arrows \newif\ifM@bigops \newif\ifM@extbigops \newif\ifM@bb \newif\ifM@cal \newif\ifM@frak \newif\ifM@bcal \newif\ifM@bfrak \newif\if@optionpresent \newif\if@suboptionpresent \newif\ifM@arg@good \newif\ifM@Decl@reF@mily \newif\ifM@fromCharmFile % \end{macrocode} % Default shapes. % \indexpage{keyword options=keyword options for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@uppershape{italic} % latin upper \def\M@lowershape{italic} % latin lower \def\M@diacriticsshape{upright} % diacritics \def\M@greekuppershape{upright} % greek upper \def\M@greeklowershape{italic} % greek lower \def\M@agreekuppershape{upright} % ancient greek upper \def\M@agreeklowershape{italic} % ancient greek lower \def\M@cyrillicuppershape{upright} % cyrillic upper \def\M@cyrilliclowershape{italic} % cyrillic lower \def\M@hebrewshape{upright} % hebrew \def\M@digitsshape{upright} % numerals \def\M@operatorshape{upright} % operator font \def\M@delimitersshape{upright} % delimiters \def\M@radicalshape{upright} % surd \def\M@bigopsshape{upright} % big operators \def\M@extbigopsshape{upright} % extended big operators \def\M@symbolsshape{upright} % basic symbols \def\M@extsymbolsshape{upright} % extended symbols \def\M@arrowsshape{upright} % arrows \def\M@bbshape{upright} % blackboard bold \def\M@calshape{upright} % caligraphic \def\M@frakshape{upright} % fraktur \def\M@bcalshape{upright} % bold caligraphic \def\M@bfrakshape{upright} % bold fraktur % \end{macrocode} % We use |\M@normalkeys| and |\M@letterlikekeys| for error checking, and |\M@defaultkeys| stores the character classes that |\mathfont| acts on by default. % \indexpage{keyword options=keyword options for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@defaultkeys{upper,lower,diacritics,greekupper,% greeklower,digits,operator,symbols} % \end{macrocode} % If the user enabled Lua-based font adjustments, the |\M@defaultkeys| list also includes delimiters, surd, and big operator symbols. % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \edef\M@defaultkeys{\M@defaultkeys,delimiters,radical,bigops} \fi \def\M@normalkeys{upper,lower,diacritics,greekupper,% greeklower,agreekupper,agreeklower,cyrillicupper,% cyrilliclower,hebrew,digits,operator,delimiters,% radical,bigops,extbigops,symbols,extsymbols,arrows} \def\M@letterlikekeys{bb,cal,frak,bcal,bfrak} % \end{macrocode} % Default OpenType features to use for loading fonts. If using Lua\TeX, we need to add |mode=base| to the list of default features; otherwise \textsf{luaotfload} will load fonts with |node| mode, which prevents OpenType features for math mode. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@default@otf@features{script=latin;language=DFLT;% tlig=true;liga=true;smcp=false;lnum=true} \def\M@default@otf@features@sc{script=latin;language=DFLT;% tlig=true;liga=true;smcp=true;lnum=true} \ifdefined\directlua \edef\M@default@otf@features{mode=base;\M@default@otf@features} \edef\M@default@otf@features@sc{mode=base;\M@default@otf@features@sc} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Using |base| mode limits access to certain OpenType features for the font as a whole, but it allows us to use OpenType features in math mode, which I think is a worthwhile trade. In future versions of \textsf{mathfont}, I may implement a dual fontloader that loads the same font twice in both |base| and |node| modes. Then we could use the |base| mode for math and the |node| mode for text. % % % % \section{Parse Input} % % This section provides the macros to parse the optional argument of |\mathfont|. We have two parts to this section: error checking and parsing. For parsing, we extract option and suboption information, and for error checking, we make sure that both are valid. The command |\M@check@option@valid| accepts a macro containing (what is hopefully) the text of a keyword-option. The macro defines |\@temperror| to be an invalid option error and loops through all possible options. If the argument matches one of the correct possibilities, \textsf{mathfont} changes |\@temperror| to |\relax|. The macro ends by calling |\@temperror| and issuing an error if and only if the argument is invalid. If |\M@check@option@valid| finds a valid keyword-option, it changes |\if@optionpresent| to true.\indexpage{keyword options=keyword options for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@check@option@valid#1{% \let\@temperror\M@InvalidOptionError % error by default \@for\@j:=\M@normalkeys\do{% \ifx\@j#1 \let\@temperror\@gobble % eliminate error \@optionpresenttrue % set switch to true \fi} % \end{macrocode} % We have to initialize the blackboard, calligraphic, and fraktur commands separately because these characters don't use the same encoding slots as the regular letters and digits and are produced differently from regular characters.\indexpage{keyword options=keyword options for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \begin{macrocode} \@for\@j:=\M@letterlikekeys\do{% \ifx\@j#1 \expandafter\M@CommandInitializeInfo\csname math#1\endcsname \csname define@#1\endcsname % initialize command \let\@temperror\@gobble % eliminate error \@optionpresenttrue % set switch to true \fi} \@temperror{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % Do the same thing for the suboption. % \indexpage{suboption roman=suboption \texttt{roman}}% % \indexpage{suboption upright=suboption \texttt{upright}}% % \indexpage{suboption italic=suboption \texttt{italic}}% % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@check@suboption@valid#1{% \let\@temperror\M@InvalidSuboptionError % error by default \@for\@j:=roman,upright,italic\do{% \ifx\@j#1 \let\@temperror\@gobble % eliminate error \@suboptionpresenttrue % set switch to true \fi} \@temperror{#1}} % \end{macrocode} % Now we have to actually parse the optional argument. We want to allow the user to specify options using an \textsf{xkeyval}-type syntax. However, we do not need the full package; a slim 30 lines of code will suffice. When |\mathfont| reads one segment of \textit{text} from its optional argument, it calls |\M@parse@option|\meta{text}|=\@nil|. The |\M@parse@option| macro splits the option and suboption by looking for the first |=|. It puts its |#1| argument (hopefully the keyword-option) in |\@temp@opt| and puts |#2| (hopefully the keyword-suboption) in |\@temp@sub|. If the user specifies a suboption, |\@tempb| contains \meta{suboption}|=|, and we use |\M@strip@equals| to get rid of the extra |=|. If the user does not specify a suboption, |\@tempb| will be empty. % \indexpage{parse mathfont arguments=parse \texttt{\char`\\mathfont} arguments} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@strip@equals#1={#1} \def\M@parse@option#1=#2\@nil{% \@optionpresentfalse % set switch to false by default \@suboptionpresentfalse % set switch to false by default \def\@temp@opt{#1} % store option \def\@temp@sub{#2} % store suboption % \end{macrocode} % After storing the option in |\@temp@opt| and suboption in |\@temp@sub|, check for errors. We check for errors by determining if (1) |\@tempa| is empty, meaning the user did not specify an option; or (2) |@tempb| is |=|, meaning the user typed |=| but did not follow it with a suboption. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@temp@opt\@empty \M@MissingOptionError \else % \end{macrocode} % Check that the user specified a valid option. We redefine |\@tempa| inside a group to keep the change local, and we end the group as quickly as possible after the comparison, which means separate |\egroup|s in both branches of |\ifx|. % \begin{macrocode} \M@check@option@valid\@temp@opt \bgroup\def\@tempa{=} \ifx\@temp@sub\@tempa \egroup % first branch \egroup \M@MissingSuboptionError \else \egroup % second branch \egroup % \end{macrocode} % If |\@temp@sub| is nonempty, strip the final |=| and check that it contains a valid suboption. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@temp@sub\@empty \else \edef\@temp@sub{\expandafter\M@strip@equals\@temp@sub} \M@check@suboption@valid\@temp@sub % check that suboption is valid \fi \fi % \end{macrocode} % If the user specified suboption |roman|, we accept it for backwards compatibility and convert it to |upright|. Again, we redefine |\@tempa| inside a group to keep the change local. % \begin{macrocode} \bgroup\def\@tempa{roman} \ifx\@temp@sub\@tempa \egroup % first branch \egroup \def\@temp@sub{upright} \else \egroup % second branch \egroup \fi \fi} % \end{macrocode} % We code a general-purpose definition macro that defines its first argument to be the second argument fully expanded and with spaces removed. % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\edef@nospace#1#2{% \edef#1{#2}% \edef#1{\expandafter\zap@space#1 \@empty}} % \end{macrocode} % Perhaps something that sets spaces to |\catcode9| and then retokenizes |#2| would be better, but I don't think it matters very much. % % \section{Fontloader} % % We come to the fontloader. The main font-loading macro is |\M@newfont|, and it is basically a wrapper around code we would expect to see in a typical |fd| file. Advanced users: please do not call |\M@newfont| directly because I may change it without warning! Instead, please use |\mathfont[]| and extract the \textsc{nfss} family name from |\M@f@ntn@me|. Our general approach is to feed the mandatory argument of |\mathfont| to |\M@newfont|, check if we have reason to believe that the font corresponds to a entry already in the \textsc{nfss}, and declare the font family and font shapes as necessary. First, |\M@newfont| checks if \textsf{fontspec} is loaded, and if yes, we pass the entire mandatory argument of |\mathfont| to \textsf{fontspec}. If not, \textsf{mathfont} handles the font declaration internally. When \textsf{mathfont} declares a font family in the \textsc{nfss}, it uses the entire mandatory argument of |\mathfont| with spaces removed as the family name, and regardless of whether \textsf{mathfont} |\M@newfont| feeds the font name to \textsf{fontspec}, finds it already in the \textsc{nfss}, or performs the entire font declaration, we store the \textsc{nfss} family name in |\M@f@ntn@me|. This allows for easy access later and is how you should access the \textsc{nfss} information if you call |\mathfont[]|. % % % We use |\M@split@colon| and |\M@strip@colon| for parsing the argument of |\mathfont|. If the user calls |\mathfont{|\meta{name}|:|\meta{features}|}|, we store the name in |\@tempbase| and the features in |\@tempfeatures|. If the user specifies a name only, then |\@tempfeatures| will be empty. Syntactically, we use |\M@strip@colon| to remove a final |:| the same way we removed a final |=| when we parsed the optional argument in the previous section. % \?\@tempfeatures\?\@tempbase % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@split@colon#1:#2\@nil{% \def\@tempbase{#1} \def\@tempfeatures{#2}} \def\M@strip@colon#1:{#1} % \end{macrocode} % The macro |\M@check@in@nfss| accepts a single argument and checks whether that argument is the name of a font family in the \textsc{nfss}, i.e.\ whether |\TU+|\meta{argument} is defined. If yes, we set |\M@f@ntn@me| to |#1| and for the four basic shapes, check that the \textsc{nfss} contains those shapes. If not, call |\DeclareFontShape|. We assume that |\@tempbase| is the human-readable name of the font and feed that directly to \textsf{luaotfload} or \XeTeX. By default, we enable the OpenType features |tlig| and |liga|, but the user can override these settings by manually declaring them to be false. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@check@in@nfss#1{% \ifcsname TU+#1\endcsname \let\M@f@ntn@me#1 % \end{macrocode} % Upright shape. % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsname TU/#1/\mddefault/\shapedefault\endcsname \else \DeclareFontShape{TU}{#1}{\mddefault}{\shapedefault} {<->"\@tempbase:\M@default@otf@features;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Italic shape. % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsname TU/#1/\mddefault/\itdefault\endcsname \else \DeclareFontShape{TU}{#1}{\mddefault}{\itdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/I:\M@default@otf@features;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Bold series with upright shape. % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsname TU/#1/\bfdefault/\shapedefault\endcsname \else \DeclareFontShape{TU}{#1}{\bfdefault}{\shapedefault} {<->"\@tempbase/B:\M@default@otf@features;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Bold series with italic shape. % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsname TU/#1/\bfdefault/\itdefault\endcsname \else \DeclareFontShape{TU}{#1}{\bfdefault}{\itdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/BI:\M@default@otf@features;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Now do the same thing for the small caps variants. I make no promises that this will work. If a small caps font faces is separate from the main font file, \TeX\ won't be able to find it automatically. In that case, you will have to write your own |fd| file or font-loading commands. % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsname TU/#1/\mddefault/\scdefault\endcsname \else \DeclareFontShape{TU}{#1}{\mddefault}{\scdefault} {<->"\@tempbase:\M@default@otf@features@sc;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi \ifcsname TU/#1/\mddefault/\scdefault\itdefault\endcsname \else \DeclareFontShape{TU}{#1}{\mddefault}{\scdefault\itdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/I:\M@default@otf@features@sc;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi \ifcsname TU/#1/\bfdefault/\scdefault\endcsname \else \DeclareFontShape{TU}{#1}{\bfdefault}{\scdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/B:\M@default@otf@features@sc;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi \ifcsname TU/#1/\bfdefault/\scdefault\itdefault\endcsname \else \DeclareFontShape{TU}{#1}{\bfdefault}{\scdefault\itdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/BI:\M@default@otf@features@sc;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Finally, set the boolean to false and break out of the |\@tfor| loop from |\M@newfont|. % \begin{macrocode} \M@Decl@reF@milyfalse \@break@tfor \fi} % \end{macrocode} % The main font-loading macro. This macro takes a single argument, which should have the form \meta{font name}|:|\meta{optional features}, and \textsf{mathfont} handles the information in one of three ways if all goes well: interface with \textsf{fontspec}, possibly declare a few extra shapes for a font already in the \textsc{nfss}, or declare and load the whole font. At a minimum, \textsf{mathfont} ensures that we have access to medium upright, medium italic, bold upright, and bold italic fonts after calling |\M@newfont|. If \textsf{mathfont} decides to declare a font itself, it will also try to load small caps versions. We begin by splitting the argument into |\@tempbase| and |\@tempfeatures|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@newfont#1{% \edef\@tempa{#1} \expandafter\M@split@colon\@tempa:\@nil \def\@tempb{fontspec} % \end{macrocode} % If the argument is ``|fontspec|,'' we want to use the last font loaded by \textsf{fontspec}, which is stored in |\l_fontspec_family_tl|. If this macro is not empty, we store its contents in |\M@f@ntn@me| and skip loading entirely because \textsf{fontspec} already took care of it. We issue an error if |\l_fontspec_family_tl| is empty or if the user has not loaded \textsf{fontspec}. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{% \expandafter\ifx\csname l_fontspec_family_tl\endcsname\@empty \M@NoFontspecFamilyError \else \expandafter \let\expandafter\M@f@ntn@me\csname l_fontspec_family_tl\encsname \def\@tempbase{\M@f@ntn@me\space(from fontspec)} \fi}{\M@NoFontspecError} % \end{macrocode} % If the argument is something other than ``|fontspec|,'' we need to parse it. If the user loaded \textsf{fontspec}, we pass the entire argument to |\fontspec_set_family:Nnn| for loading and store the \textsc{nfss} family name in |\M@f@ntn@me|. For Lua\TeX, this is not recommended\textemdash\textsf{fontspec} is designed to work with text, not math, fonts and typically loads fonts in |node| mode, which makes their OpenType features unusable in math mode. % \begin{macrocode} \else \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec} {\csname fontspec_set_family:Nnn\endcsname\M@f@ntn@me{}{\@tempa}} % \end{macrocode} % If the user has not loaded \textsf{fontspec}, we split the argument into a name and features using |\M@split@colon|. The name goes in |\@tempbase|, and the features go in |\@tempfeatures|. The boolean |\ifM@Decl@reF@mily| keeps track of whether we need to manually declare a font family and shapes in the \textsc{nfss}. By default, we set it to true, and if \textsf{mathfont} finds a match to |#1| in the \textsc{nfss} already, |\M@check@in@nfss| will set it to false. % \begin{macrocode} {\M@Decl@reF@milytrue \ifx\@tempfeatures\@empty\else \edef\@tempfeatures{\expandafter\M@strip@colon\@tempfeatures} \fi % \end{macrocode} % We remove the spaces from |#1| and from the human-readable font name contained in |#1| and check whether either already exists as a family name in the \textsc{nfss}. % \begin{macrocode} \edef@nospace\@tempa{\@tempa} \edef@nospace\@tempb{\@tempbase} \@tfor\@i:=\@tempa\@tempb\@tempbase\do{\expandafter\M@check@in@nfss\@i} % \end{macrocode} % If |\M@newfont| didn't find anything in the \textsc{nfss}, we need to load the font. We declare the font family in the \textsc{nfss} to have the name given by |#1| with spaces removed. % \indexpage{log file=\texttt{log} file} % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@Decl@reF@mily \wlog{^^JPackage mathfont Info: Adding the font family \@tempa\space to the nfss.} \DeclareFontFamily{TU}{\@tempa}{} \let\M@f@ntn@me\@tempa % \end{macrocode} % Now load the four most common font faces. We are relying on the ``|/I|,'' etc.\ feature of \XeTeX\ and \textsf{luaotfolad} to correctly find the bold, italic, and bold italic fonts corresponding to the family named |\@tempbase|. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{\@tempa}{\mddefault}{\shapedefault} {<->"\@tempbase:\M@default@otf@features;\@tempfeatures"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{\@tempa}{\mddefault}{\itdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/I:\M@default@otf@features;\@tempfeatures"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{\@tempa}{\bfdefault}{\shapedefault} {<->"\@tempbase/B:\M@default@otf@features;\@tempfeatures"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{\@tempa}{\bfdefault}{\itdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/BI:\M@default@otf@features;\@tempfeatures"}{} % \end{macrocode} % Attempt to load small caps. The font may or may not have a small caps feature, but we will request it anyway. See the portion of |\M@check@in@nfss| for disclaimers on loading small caps fonts. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{\@tempa}{\mddefault}{\scdefault} {<->"\@tempbase:\M@default@otf@features@sc;\@tempfeatures"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{\@tempa}{\mddefault}{\scdefault\itdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/I:\M@default@otf@features@sc;\@tempfeatures"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{\@tempa}{\bfdefault}{\scdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/B:\M@default@otf@features@sc;\@tempfeatures"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{\@tempa}{\bfdefault}{\scdefault\itdefault} {<->"\@tempbase/BI:\M@default@otf@features@sc;\@tempfeatures"}{} \fi} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Finally, both font-loading commands should appear only in the preamble. % \begin{macrocode} \@onlypreamble\M@check@in@nfss \@onlypreamble\M@newfont % \end{macrocode} % At this point, the font information is stored in the \textsc{nfss}, but nothing has been loaded. I've played with the idea of loading certain fonts now to check whether they have been defined correctly, but I'm hesitant to force loading in a way that isn't systematic and could change \LaTeX's standard font-loading behavior. This issue may be addressed in future versions of \textsf{mathfont}. % % % \section{Default Font Changes} % % This section documents default math font changes. The user-level font-changing command is |\mathfont|, and it feeds the font information to |\@mathfont|, the internal command that does the actual font changing. This macro is basically a wrapper around |\DeclareSymbolFont| and a bunch of calls to |\DeclareMathSymbol|, and when the user calls |\@mathfont|, the command declares the user's font in the \textsc{nfss} with |\M@newfont| and loops through the optional argument. On each iteration, |\@mathfont| validates the option and suboption, calls |\DeclareSymbolFont| if necessary, and sets the math codes with |\M@|\meta{keyword}|@set|. % \indexpage{keyword options=keyword options for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\mathfont{\@ifnextchar[{\m@thf@nt}{\@mathfont[\M@defaultkeys]}} \def\m@thf@nt[#1]{\@mathfont[#1]} % \end{macrocode} % The internal default-font-changing command. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@mathfont[#1]#2{% \ifx\set@mathchar\@@set@mathchar \M@InternalsRestoredError % \end{macrocode} % If the kernel commands have not been reset, we can do fun stuff. As of version 2.0, I'm removing the documentation for |\restoremathinternals| in the user guide, but the code is going to stay in for backwards compatibility. % \begin{macrocode} \else \M@toks{} % \end{macrocode} % We immediately call |\M@newfont| on the mandatory argument of |\mathfont|. We store the \textsc{nfss} family name in |\M@fontfamily@|\meta{argument}. If we need a new value of |\M@count|, we store it in |\M@fontid@|\meta{\textsc{nfss} family name}. We will not need a new value of |\M@count| if the user asks for the same \textsc{nfss} font family twice. Throughout the definition of |\mathfont|, |\@tempa| stores the value of |\M@count| that corresponds to the current font. % \indexpage{keyword options=keyword options for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \begin{macrocode} \M@newfont{#2} \expandafter\edef\csname M@fontfamily@#2\endcsname{\M@f@ntn@me} \ifcsname M@fontid@\M@f@ntn@me\endcsname\else % need new \M@count value? \expandafter\edef\csname M@fontid@\M@f@ntn@me\endcsname{\the\M@count} \advance\M@count\@ne \fi \edef\@tempa{\csname M@fontid@\M@f@ntn@me\endcsname} % \end{macrocode} % Expand, zap spaces from, and store the optional argument in |\@tempa|, and then perform the loop. We store the current keyword-suboption pair in |\@i| and then feed it to |\M@parse@option|. We need two |\edef|s here because |\zap@space| appears before |\@tempa| in |\M@eat@spaces|. We expand the argument with the first |\edef| and remove the spaces with the second. % \begin{macrocode} \edef@nospace\@tempb{#1} \@for\@i:=\@tempb\do{\expandafter\M@parse@option\@i=\@nil \if@optionpresent % \end{macrocode} % If the user calls |\mathfont| and tries multiple times to set the font for a certain class of characters, \textsf{mathfont} will issue a warning, and the package will not adjust the font for those characters. Notice the particularly awkward syntax with the |\csname|-|\endcsname| pairs. Without this construct, \TeX\ won't realize that |\csname if@\@tempa\endcsname| matches the eventual |\fi|, and the |\@for| loop will break. (\TeX\ does not have a smart if-parser!) % \indexpage{parse conditionals} % \indexpage{if-parser} % \indexpage{keyword options=keyword options for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\ifx % next line is two cs to be compared \csname ifM@\@temp@opt\expandafter\endcsname\csname iftrue\endcsname \M@CharsSetWarning{\@temp@opt} \else % \end{macrocode} % The case where the current option has not had its math font set. We add the keyword-option to the |\toks|. % \begin{macrocode} \edef\@tempc{\the\M@toks^^J\@temp@opt} \M@toks\expandafter{\@tempc} % \end{macrocode} % If it's present, store the suboption in |\@|\meta{option}|shape| and overwrite the default definition from earlier. Then add the shape information to the toks and store it in |\@tempc|. When it actually sets the font by calling |\M@|\meta{keyword}|@set|, \textsf{mathfont} will determine shape information for the current character class by calling the same |\@|\meta{option}|shape| macro that we store in |\@tempc|. % \begin{macrocode} \if@suboptionpresent \expandafter\edef\csname M@\@temp@opt shape\endcsname{\@temp@sub} \fi \edef\@tempc{\the\M@toks\space (\csname M@\@temp@opt shape\endcsname)} \M@toks\expandafter{\@tempc} \edef\@tempc{\csname M@\@temp@opt shape\endcsname} % \end{macrocode} % \indexpage{suboption roman=suboption \texttt{roman}} % \indexpage{suboption italic=suboption \texttt{italic}} % We store the font shape information in |\@tempb|, specifically |\@tempb| will be the default \textsc{nfss} shape code corresponding to the current suboption. At this point, |\@tempc| is either ``upright'' or ``italic,'' so we temporarily let |\@tempb| be the string ``upright'' and check if it equals |\@tempc|. We redefine |\@tempb| depending on the results. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@tempb{upright} \ifx\@tempb\@tempc \let\@tempb\shapedefault \else \let\@tempb\itdefault \fi % \end{macrocode} % At this point we have the information we need to declare the symbol font: the \textsc{nfss} family (|\M@f@ntn@me|), series (|\mddefault|), and shape (|\@tempb|) information. The symbol font name will be |M|\meta{suboption}\meta{value of {\fontshape\shapedefault\fontfamily\ttdefault\selectfont\string\M@count}}. We check if the symbol font we need for the current set of characters is defined, and if not, we define it using this information. % \begin{macrocode} \ifcsname symM\@tempc\@tempa\endcsname\else \DeclareSymbolFont {M\@tempc\@tempa}{TU}{\M@f@ntn@me}{\mddefault}{\@tempb} \fi % \end{macrocode} % We store the new font information so we can write it to the |log| file |\AtBeginDocument| and send an informational message to the user.\indexpage{log file=\texttt{log} file} % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter \edef\csname M@\@temp@opt @fontinfo\endcsname{\@tempbase} \M@FontChangeInfo{\@temp@opt}{\@tempbase}{\M@f@ntn@me} {\mddefault/\@tempb}{M\@tempc\@tempa} % \end{macrocode} % And now the magic happens! % \indexpage{keyword options=keyword options for \texttt{\char`\\mathfont}} % \?\M@upper@set % \?\M@lower@set % \?\M@diacritics@set % \?\M@greekupper@set % \?\M@greeklower@set % \?\M@agreekupper@set % \?\M@agreeklower@set % \?\M@cyrillicupper@set % \?\M@cyrilliclower@set % \?\M@hebrew@set % \?\M@digits@set % \?\M@operator@set % \?\M@delimiters@set % \?\M@radical@set % \?\M@bigops@set % \?\M@extbigops@set % \?\M@symbols@set % \?\M@extsymbols@set % \?\M@arrows@set % \?\M@bb@set % \?\M@cal@set % \?\M@frak@set % \?\M@bcal@set % \?\M@bfrak@set % \begin{macrocode} \csname M@\@temp@opt @set\endcsname % set default font \csname M@\@temp@opt true\endcsname % set switch to true \fi \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Display concluding messages for the user. % \indexpage{log file=\texttt{log} file} % \indexpage{terminal} % \begin{macrocode} \edef\@tempa{\the\M@toks} \ifx\@tempa\@empty \wlog{The \string\mathfont\space command on line \the\inputlineno\space did not change the font for any characters!} \else \typeout{:: mathfont :: Using font \@tempbase\space on line \the\inputlineno.} \wlog{Character classes changed:\the\M@toks^^J} \fi \fi} \@onlypreamble\mathfont \@onlypreamble\m@thf@nt \@onlypreamble\@mathfont % \end{macrocode} % The |\setfont| command will call |\mathfont| and set the text font. % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\setfont#1{% \mathfont{#1} \mathconstantsfont{#1} \setmathfontcommands{#1} \let\rmdefault\M@f@ntn@me} \@onlypreamble\setfont % \end{macrocode} % We come to the tricky problem of making sure to use the correct MathConstants table. Lua\TeX\ automatically initializes all math parameters based on the most recent |\textfont|, etc.\ assignment, so we want to tell \LaTeX\ to reassign whatever default font we're using to the correct math family whenever we load new math fonts. This is possible, but the implementation is super hacky. When \LaTeX\ enters math mode, it checks whether it needs to redo any math family assignments, typically because of a change in font size, and if so, it calls |\getanddefine@fonts| repeatedly to append |\textfont|, etc.\ assignments onto the macro |\math@fonts|. Usually |\math@fonts| is empty because this process always happens inside a group, so we can hook into the code by defining |\math@code| to be |\aftergroup|\meta{extra code}. In this case, the \textit{extra code} will be another call to |\getanddefine@fonts|. The macro |\mathconstantsfont| handles choosing the font for setting math parameters in Lua\TeX. It checks if the argument was previously fed to |\mathfont| by seeing whether |\M@fontfamily@|\meta{|\string#1|} is equal to |\relax|. If yes, |#1| was never an argument of |\mathfont|, and we raise an error. % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \protected\def\mathconstantsfont#1{% \edef\@tempa{\csname M@fontfamily@#1\endcsname} \ifx\@tempa\relax \PackageError{mathfont}{Invalid font specifier} {Your command was ignored--I can't parse your argument.\MessageBreak Please make sure to use text that you have previously\MessageBreak fed to \string\mathfont\space for the argument of \string\mathconstantsfont.^^J} \else % \end{macrocode} % We initialize |\M@SetMathConstants| to be |\relax|, so we define it the first time the user calls |\mathconstantsfont|. The command calls |\getanddefine@fonts| inside a group and uses as arguments the upright face of the font corresponding to |#1|. Then we call |\math@fonts|, and to avoid an infinite loop, we gobble the |\aftergroup||\M@SetMathConstants| macros that \textsf{mathfont} has inserted at the start of |\math@fonts|. Setting |\globaldefs| to 1 makes the |\textfont|, etc.\ assignments from |\getanddefine@fonts| global when we call |\math@fonts|. % \indexpage{LaTeX kernel=\LaTeX\ kernel} % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\M@SetMathConstants\relax \protected\def\M@SetMathConstants{% \begingroup \escapechar\m@ne \expandafter\getanddefine@fonts \csname symMupright\csname M@fontid@\m@th@const@nts@font\endcsname \expandafter\endcsname % expands to \symMupright \csname TU/\m@th@const@nts@font/\seriesdefault/\shapedefault \endcsname % expands to \TU//m/n \globaldefs\@ne \expandafter\@gobbletwo\math@fonts % gobble to avoid infinite loop \endgroup} \fi % \end{macrocode} % After initializing |\M@SetMathConstants| if necessary, we store the \textsc{nfss} family name in |\m@th@const@nts@font|. % \begin{macrocode} \let\m@th@const@nts@font\@tempa \fi} \let\M@SetMathConstants\relax \def\math@fonts{\aftergroup\M@SetMathConstants} \@onlypreamble\mathconstantsfont \fi % \end{macrocode} % If the user has not enabled Lua font adjustments, then |\mathconstantsfont| will generate an error message and gobble its argument. This definition happens later in |mathfont.sty| when we define other Lua-related macros such as |\IntegralItalicFactor| to do the same thing absent font adjustments. % % % % \section{Letterlike Symbols} % % This section documents the implementation of the |\math|\meta{keyword} commands for blackboard bold, caligraphic, and fraktur characters. These commands work differently from other local font-changing commands. Unlike with the macros in the next section, we can't just change the |\fam| number because in unicode, the letterlike characters have different encoding slots from the regular Latin letters, so we need to somehow get different math codes as well as a different font. Future versions of \textsf{mathfont} will change the math codes of letters directly. For now though, we keep the old implementation where each |\math|\meta{keyword} macro inserts each token from its argument into an appropriate |\csname||\endcsname| construction. The first thing we have to do is check if \TeX\ is in math mode using |\M@check@mode|, and the argument of |\M@check@mode| should be one of the macros |\@math|\meta{keyword}. If yes, we call |#1|, and if no, we issue a ``missing |$|'' error. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@check@mode#1{% \let\@tempa#1% \ifmmode \expandafter\@tempa \else % \end{macrocode} % Temporarily set the escape character code to $-1$ so we can gobble the |@| in |\@math|\meta{keyword} without worrying about the escape character. We need to do this for error messaging purposes, so |\M@HModeError| displays the user-level command that caused the error. Finally, the package adds the missing |$| to enter math mode before calling |#1|. % \indexpage{Missing \$ inserted=Missing \texttt\$ inserted} % \begin{macrocode} \bgroup \escapechar\m@ne \expandafter \egroup \expandafter\M@HModeError\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname \expandafter$\expandafter\@tempa \fi} % \end{macrocode} % The |\M@process@tokens| macro turns the letters into letterlike symbols. The first argument should be the user's original argument of |\math|\meta{keyword}, and the second argument will be the keyword-option for |\mathfont| corresponding to this set of letterlike symbols. The macro loops through |#1| with |\@tfor| and calls |\M@check@token|, which sets the count variable |\M@errcode| as part of validating the token, on each |\@k|. If |\M@errcode| is 0, the \textit{token} is valid, and \TeX\ calls |\M@|\meta{keyword}|@|\meta{token} to typeset the letterlike character. If |\M@errcode| is anything else, |\M@check@token| will issue an error. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@process@tokens#1#2{% \edef\@tempa{#1}% \expandafter\@tfor\expandafter\@k\expandafter:\expandafter=\@tempa\do{% \expandafter\M@check@token\expandafter{\@k}% % \end{macrocode} % Now that |\M@check@token| has set |\M@errcode|, we either typeset |\@k| or raise an error. % \begin{macrocode} \ifcase\M@errcode \csname M@#2@\@k\endcsname \or\expandafter\M@NestedArgWarning\csname math#2\endcsname{\@k}% \or\expandafter\M@CSArgWarning\csname math#2\endcsname{\@k}% \or\expandafter\M@CharacterArgWarning\csname math#2\endcsname{\@k}% \or\expandafter\M@DoubleArgWarning\csname math#2\endcsname{\@k}% \fi}} % \end{macrocode} % We check for errors with |\M@check@token|. The argument |#1| is the argument to be checked, and we are expecting |#1| to be a single letter or digit. Checking happens in five steps: (1) verify \TeX\ cannot split the contents of |#1| (which in |\M@process@tokens| is |\@k|) into multiple arguments; (2) verify that the argument does not begin with a character of catcode 1, i.e.\ |{|; (3) verify that the token is not a control sequence; (4) check whether the character is a letter; and (5) if the argument does not have catcode 11, check that it's a number. If any of these checks fail, \textsf{mathfont} sets |\M@errcode| to the corresponding error code and skips the remaining steps.\indexpage{multiple characters warning}\indexpage{error checking} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@check@token#1{% \M@errcode\z@ \expandafter\ifx\expandafter\@nnil\@gobble#1\@nnil% good % \end{macrocode} % Checking for a nested argument involves what I think of as catcode jujitsu and inevitably feels super hacky. We use |\ifcat\bgroup| to check whether the first token of |#1| has catcode 1, and we take care to avoid unbalanced braces because |\ifcat| will eat the first token in the |#1| argument when it expands. If the comparison succeeds, the first token had catcode 1, and we are now missing a |{|. We place one before |\ifcat|, and we |\@gobble| the argument to prevent \TeX\ from typesetting it. The extra left brace balances the final right brace in |#1|, and both tokens delimit the argument of |\@gobble|. If the comparison fails, \TeX\ eliminates everything in the first branch, and we need to balance the |{| from before |\ifcat|. Thus we add a right brace immediately after |\else|, and the argument of |\@gobble| ends up being empty.% % \indexpage{nested argument warning} % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\@gobble\expandafter{\ifcat\bgroup#1% bad \M@errcode\@ne \else}% % \end{macrocode} % Check whether |#1| is a control sequence.\indexpage{control sequence warning} % \begin{macrocode} \ifcat\relax\noexpand#1% bad \M@errcode\tw@ \else % \end{macrocode} % Check that |#1| is a letter. % \begin{macrocode} \ifnum\catcode`#1=11\relax% good \else % \end{macrocode} % Finally, check that |#1| is a digit. % \begin{macrocode} \if 0#1% good \else \if 1#1% good \else \if 2#1% good \else \if 3#1% good \else \if 4#1% good \else \if 5#1% good \else \if 6#1% good \else \if 7#1% good \else \if 8#1% good \else \if 9#1% good \else \M@errcode\thr@@ \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \else% matches the original \ifx\@nnil, etc. \M@errcode=4\relax \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Now initialize the five commands. The |\define@|\meta{keyword} initializes each user-level macro |\math|\meta{keyword}, which checks the mode and calls |\@math|\meta{keyword}. The |@| versions actually do the work by calling |\M@process@tokens| on the user's input. We start with the blackboard-bold font-changing command.\indexpage{keywordbb=keyword \texttt{bb}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\define@bb{% \protected\def\mathbb{\M@check@mode\@mathbb}% \def\@mathbb##1{\M@process@tokens{##1}{bb}}} % \end{macrocode} % Calligraphic characters.\indexpage{keywordcal=keyword \texttt{cal}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\define@cal{% \protected\def\mathcal{\M@check@mode\@mathcal}% \def\@mathcal##1{\M@process@tokens{##1}{cal}}} % \end{macrocode} % Fraktur characters.\indexpage{keywordfrak=keyword \texttt{frak}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\define@frak{% \protected\def\mathfrak{\M@check@mode\@mathfrak}% \def\@mathfrak##1{\M@process@tokens{##1}{frak}}} % \end{macrocode} % Bold calligraphic characters.\indexpage{keywordbcal=keyword \texttt{bcal}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\define@bcal{% \protected\def\mathbcal{\M@check@mode\@mathbcal}% \def\@mathbcal##1{\M@process@tokens{##1}{bcal}}} % \end{macrocode} % Bold fraktur characters.\indexpage{keywordbfrak=keyword \texttt{bfrak}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\define@bfrak{% \protected\def\mathbfrak{\M@check@mode\@mathbfrak}% \def\@mathbfrak##1{\M@process@tokens{##1}{bfrak}}} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Local Font Changes}\indexpage{local font changes} % % This section deals with local font changes. The |\newmathfontcommand| creates macros that change the font for math alphabet characters and is basically a wrapper around |\DeclareMathAlphabet|. First we code |\M@check@csarg|, which accepts two arguments. The |#1| argument is the user-level command that called |\M@check@csarg|, which we use for error messaging, and |#2| should be a single control sequence. The way |\M@check@csarg| scans the following tokens is a bit tricky: (1) check the length of the argument using |\M@check@arglength|; and (2) check that the argument is a control sequence. If the user specifies an argument of the form |{..}|, i.e.\ extra text inside braces, the |\ifcat| will catch it and issue an error. If |\M@check@csarg| likes the input, it sets |\ifM@good@arg| to true, and otherwise, it sets |\ifM@arg@good| to false. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@check@csarg#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx\expandafter\@nnil\@gobble#2\@nnil% good \ifcat\relax\noexpand#2% good \M@arg@goodtrue \else \M@MissingControlSequenceError#1{#2} \M@arg@goodfalse \fi \else \M@DoubleArgError#1{#2} \M@arg@goodfalse \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Now declare the math alphabet. This macro first checks that its |#1| argument is a control sequence using |\M@check@csarg|. If yes, we feed the |#2| argument to |\M@newfont| for loading, print a message in the |log| file, and call |\DeclareMathAlphabet|. % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\newmathfontcommand#1#2#3#4{% \M@check@csarg\newmathfontcommand{#1} \ifM@arg@good \M@newfont{#2} \M@NewFontCommandInfo{#1}{\@tempbase}{\M@f@ntn@me}{#3}{#4} \DeclareMathAlphabet{#1}{TU}{\M@f@ntn@me}{#3}{#4} \fi} \@onlypreamble\newmathfontcommand % \end{macrocode} % Then define macros that create local font-changing commands with default series and shape information. Because they're all so similar, we metacode them. We define the commands themselves with |\define@newmath@cmd|. The argument structure is: |#1|---|\newmath|\meta{key} macro name; |#2|---font series; |#3|---font shape; |##1|---the control sequence that the user will specify; and |##2|---the user's font information. We feed |##1|, |##2|, |#2|, and |#3| to |\newmathfontcommand|, and we load |##2| with |\M@newfont|. Each |\newmath|\meta{key} macro will check its first argument using |\M@check@csarg| and then call |\newmathfontcommand| on both of its two arguments. We store the list of |\newmath|\meta{key} commands that we want to define with their series and shape information in |\M@default@newmath@cmds|, and we loop through it with |\@for|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@define@newmath@cmd#1#2#3{% \protected\def#1##1##2{% \M@check@csarg{#1}{##1} \newmathfontcommand{##1}{##2}{#2}{#3}}} \def\M@default@newmath@cmds{% \newmathrm{\mddefault}{\shapedefault},% \newmathit{\mddefault}{\itdefault},% \newmathbf{\bfdefault}{\shapedefault},% \newmathbfit{\bfdefault}{\itdefault},% \newmathsc{\mddefault}{\scdefault},% \newmathscit{\mddefault}{\scdefault\itdefault},% \newmathbfsc{\bfdefault}{\scdefault},% \newmathbfscit{\bfdefault}{\scdefault\itdefault}} \@for\@i:=\M@default@newmath@cmds\do{\expandafter\M@define@newmath@cmd\@i} \@onlypreamble\newmathrm \@onlypreamble\newmathit \@onlypreamble\newmathbf \@onlypreamble\newmathbfit \@onlypreamble\newmathsc \@onlypreamble\newmathscit \@onlypreamble\newmathbfsc \@onlypreamble\newmathbfscit \@onlypreamble\M@define@newmath@cmd \let\M@default@newmath@cmds\relax % \end{macrocode} % The command |\setmathfontcommands| sets all the default local font-change commands at once. % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\setmathfontcommands#1{% \newmathrm\mathrm{#1} \newmathit\mathit{#1} \newmathbf\mathbf{#1} \newmathbfit\mathbfit{#1} \newmathsc\mathsc{#1} \newmathscit\mathscit{#1} \newmathbfsc\mathbfsc{#1} \newmathbfscit\mathbfscit{#1}} \@onlypreamble\setmathfontcommands % \end{macrocode} % We provide |\newmathbold| and |\newmathboldit| for backwards compatibility but issue a warning. % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\newmathbold{% \M@DeprecatedWarning\newmathbold\newmathbf \newmathbf} \protected\def\newmathboldit{% \M@DeprecatedWarning\newmathboldit\newmathbfit \newmathbfit} % \end{macrocode} % % \section{Miscellaneous Material} % % % % We begin this section with the user-level macros that provide information for Lua-based font adjustments. If font adjustments are allowed, we begin with a macro |\M@check@int| that passes the user's argument to Lua and determines whether it is an integer. We check whether the argument contains a backslash or quote mark similar to error checking later in |\CharmLine|. Depending on the result, \textsf{mathfont} sets |\ifM@arg@good| to true or false. % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \def\M@check@int#1{% \M@arg@goodfalse \begingroup \edef\@tempa{\number0#1} \edef\@tempa{\detokenize\expandafter{\@tempa}} \@expandtwoargs\in@{"}{\@tempa} % \end{macrocode} % If |#1| contains a |"| or backslash, we set |\M@arg@good| to false and stop parsing the argument. % \begin{macrocode} \ifin@ % is " in #1? \endgroup % first branch \endgroup \else \@expandtwoargs\in@{\@backslashchar}{\@tempa} \ifin@ % is \ in #1? \endgroup % second branch \endgroup \else \directlua{ local num = tonumber("\@tempa") if num then % if number? if num == num - (num \@percentchar 1) then % if integer? if num >= 0 then % if nonnegative? tex.print("\@backslashchar\@backslashchar endgroup% \@backslashchar\@backslashchar M@arg@goodtrue") end end end} \fi \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Define |\RuleThicknessFactor|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\RuleThicknessFactor#1{% \M@check@int{#1} \ifM@arg@good \global\M@rule@thickness@factor=#1\relax \else \M@BadIntegerError\RuleThicknessFactor{#1} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Define |\IntegralItalicFactor|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\IntegralItalicFactor#1{% \M@check@int{#1} \ifM@arg@good \global\M@integral@italic@factor=#1\relax \else \M@BadIntegerError\IntegralItalicFactor{#1} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Define |\SurdHorizontalFactor|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\SurdHorizontalFactor#1{% \M@check@int{#1} \ifM@arg@good \global\M@surd@horizontal@factor=#1\relax \else \M@BadIntegerError\SurdHorizontalFactor{#1} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Define |\SurdVerticalFactor|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\SurdVerticalFactor#1{% \M@check@int{#1} \ifM@arg@good \global\M@surd@vertical@factor=#1\relax \else \M@BadIntegerError\SurdVerticalFactor{#1} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % If automatic font adjustments are disabled, we should also disable the related user-level commands. In this case, each of the font-adjustment macros expands to raise an |\M@NoFontAdjustError| and gobble its argument. % \begin{macrocode} \else \@tfor\@i:=\RuleThicknessFactor\IntegralItalicFactor\SurdHorizontalFactor \SurdVerticalFactor\CharmLine\CharmFile\mathconstantsfont \do{% \expandafter\edef\@i{\noexpand\M@NoFontAdjustError \expandafter\noexpand\@i \noexpand\@gobble}} \fi % \end{macrocode} % These commands should appear in the preamble only. % \begin{macrocode} \@onlypreamble\RuleThicknessFactor \@onlypreamble\IntegralItalicFactor \@onlypreamble\SurdHorizontalFactor \@onlypreamble\SurdVerticalFactor \@onlypreamble\CharmLine \@onlypreamble\CharmFile % \end{macrocode} % Provide the command to reset the kernel. I am not sure that we need this macro, but it will stay in the package for backwards compatibility. % \begin{macrocode} \def\restoremathinternals{% \ifx\set@mathchar\@@set@mathchar \else \wlog{Package mathfont Info: Restoring \string\set@mathchar.} \wlog{Package mathfont Info: Restoring \string\set@mathsymbol.} \wlog{Package mathfont Info: Restoring \string\set@mathaccent.} \wlog{Package mathfont Info: Restoring \string\DeclareSymbolFont.} \let\set@mathchar\@@set@mathchar \let\set@mathsymbol\@@set@mathsymbol \let\set@mathaccent\@@set@mathaccent \let\DeclareSymbolFont\@@DeclareSymbolFont \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Three macros used in defining |\simeq| and |\cong|. The construction is clunky and needs the intermediate macro |\st@ck@fl@trel| because |\mathchoice| is a bit of an odd macro. Instead of expanding to different replacement text depending on the math style, it fully typesets each of its four arguments and then takes the one corresponding to the correct style. A cleaner implementation would use |\mathstyle| from Lua\TeX---perhaps in a future version. % \begin{macrocode} \protected\gdef\clap#1{\hb@xt@\z@{\hss#1\hss}} \protected\def\stack@flatrel#1#2{\expandafter \st@ck@fl@trel\expandafter#1\@firstofone#2} \protected\gdef\st@ck@fl@trel#1#2#3{% {\setbox0\hbox{$\m@th#1#2$}% contains \mathrel symbol \setbox1\hbox{$\m@th#1#3$}% gets raised over \box0 \if\wd0>\wd1\relax \hb@xt@\wd0{% \hfil \clap{\raise0.7\ht0\box1}% \clap{\box0}\hfil}% \else \hb@xt@\wd1{% \hfil \clap{\raise0.7\ht0\box1}% \clap{\box0}\hfil}% \fi}} % \end{macrocode} % Some fonts do not contain characters that \textsf{mathfont} can declare as math symbols. We want to make sure that if this happens, \TeX\ prints a message in the |log| file and terminal.\indexpage{log file=\texttt{log} file}\indexpage{terminal} % \begin{macrocode} \ifnum\tracinglostchars<\tw@ \tracinglostchars\tw@ \fi % \end{macrocode} % Warn the user about possible problems with a multi-word optional package argument in \XeTeX. % \begin{macrocode} \ifdefined\XeTeXrevision \ifM@font@loaded \AtEndOfPackage{% \PackageWarningNoLine{mathfont} {XeTeX detected. It looks like you\MessageBreak specified a font when you loaded\MessageBreak mathfont. If you run into problems\MessageBreak with a font whose name is multiple\MessageBreak words, try compiling with LuaLaTeX\MessageBreak or call \string\setfont\space or \string\mathfont\MessageBreak manually}} \fi \fi % \end{macrocode} % Warn the user about a possible cosmetic issue arising from a clash with the |align| environment from \textsf{amsmath}. Inside a group, we use |\@tempswa| to check whether the user declared one of the letterlike symbol keywords. If yes, we test whether the user loaded \textsf{amsmath} and if so issue a warning.\indexpage{amsmath=\textsf{amsmath}} % \begin{macrocode} \AtBeginDocument{% \bgroup\@tempswafalse \ifM@bb \@tempswatrue \else\ifM@cal \@tempswatrue \else\ifM@frak \@tempawatrue \else\ifM@bfrak \@tempswatrue \fi \fi \fi \fi \expandafter\egroup\if@tempswa \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{\PackageWarningNoLine{mathfont} {\MessageBreak Package amsmath detected. Some warning\MessageBreak messages for letterlike characters may be\MessageBreak duplicated inside the align environment}}{} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Write to the |log| file |\AtBeginDocument| all font changes carried out by \textsf{mathfont}. The command |\keyword@info@begindocument| accepts two arguments. One is a keyword-argument from |\mathfont|, and the other is a number of spaces. The spaces make the messages line up with each other in the log file.\indexpage{log file=\texttt{log} file} % \begin{macrocode} \def\keyword@info@begindocument#1:#2\@nil{% \expandafter\ifx % next line is two cs to be compared \csname ifM@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname iftrue\endcsname \wlog{#1:#2\@spaces Set to \csname M@#1@fontinfo\endcsname, \csname M@#1shape\endcsname\space shape.} \else \wlog{#1:#2\@spaces No change.} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Now print the messages. % \begin{macrocode} \AtBeginDocument{% \def\@tempa{% <---- everything should be 13 characters long plus : upper:\@spaces\@spaces,% lower:\@spaces\@spaces,% diacritics:\space\space\space,% greekupper:\space\space\space,% greeklower:\space\space\space,% agreekupper:\space\space,% agreeklower:\space\space,% cyrillicupper:,% cyrilliclower:,% hebrew:\@spaces\space\space\space,% digits:\@spaces\space\space\space,% operator:\@spaces\space,% delimiters:\space\space\space,% radical:\@spaces\space\space,% bigops:\@spaces\space\space\space,% extbigops:\@spaces,% symbols:\@spaces\space\space,% extsymbols:\space\space\space,% arrows:\@spaces\space\space\space,% bb:\@spaces\@spaces\space\space\space,% cal:\@spaces\@spaces\space\space,% frak:\@spaces\@spaces\space,% bcal:\@spaces\@spaces\space,% bfrak:\@spaces\@spaces} \wlog{^^JPackage mathfont Info: List of changes made in the preamble---} \@for\@i:=\@tempa\do{% \expandafter\keyword@info@begindocument\@i\@nil} \wlog{}} % \end{macrocode} % If the user passed a font name to \textsf{mathfont}, we set it as the default |\AtEndOfPackage|. % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@font@loaded \AtEndOfPackage{\setfont\M@font@load} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Finally, make all character-setting commands inaccessible outside the preamble. % \begin{macrocode} \@onlypreamble\M@upper@set \@onlypreamble\M@lower@set \@onlypreamble\M@diacritics@set \@onlypreamble\M@greekupper@set \@onlypreamble\M@greeklower@set \@onlypreamble\M@agreekupper@set \@onlypreamble\M@agreeklower@set \@onlypreamble\M@cyrillicupper@set \@onlypreamble\M@cyrilliclower@set \@onlypreamble\M@hebrew@set \@onlypreamble\M@digits@set \@onlypreamble\M@operator@set \@onlypreamble\M@symbols@set \@onlypreamble\M@extsymbols@set \@onlypreamble\M@delimiters@set \@onlypreamble\M@arrows@set \@onlypreamble\M@bigops@set \@onlypreamble\M@extbigops@set \@onlypreamble\M@bb@set \@onlypreamble\M@cal@set \@onlypreamble\M@frak@set \@onlypreamble\M@bcal@set \@onlypreamble\M@bfrak@set % \end{macrocode} % % % % % % % \section{Adjust Fonts: Setup} % % % % The next three sections implement Lua-based font adjustments and apply only if the user has enabled font adjustment. Most of the implementation happens through Lua code, but we need some \TeX\ code in case the user wants to adjust character metric information. Here is a rough outline of what needs to happen in the next three sections: % \begin{enumerate}\itemsep\z@ % \item Initialize a Lua table that contains new metrics for certain characters specific to math mode, such as letters with wider bounding boxes and large operator symbols. % \item Provide an interface for the user to change this metric information. % \item Write functions that accept a fontdata object and (a) change top-level math specs to indicate that we have a math function; (b) alter characters according to our Lua table of new metric information; and (c) populate a MathConstants table for the font. % \item Create callbacks that call these functions. Insert them into |luaotfload.patch_font|. % \end{enumerate} % Step 2 happens on the \TeX\ side of things and is documented next, and everything else happens inside |\directlua|. On the Lua side of things, we store all the functions and character metric information in the table |mathfont|. Every entry in mathfont is a function or is a subtable indexed within |mathfont| by an \meta{integer}. The \textit{integer} is a unicode encoding number and tells which unicode character the subtable keeps track of. See tables~2 and 3 for a list of the functions in |mathfont| and the fields in character subtables. See section 11 for discussion of the callbacks for editing fontdata objects. % % % \begin{figure}[t] % \centerline{\bfseries Table 2: Fields of Character Subtables in |mathfont|\strut} % \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{lllllX}\toprule % Field & Data Type & In |a|? & In |e|? & In |u|? & Used For\\\midrule % |type| & string & Yes & Yes & Yes & Tells if type |a|, |e|, |u|\\ % |next| & depends & Yes & Yes & No & Unicode index of next-larger character(s); % integer for type |a|, table for type |u|\\ % |left_stretch| & numeric & Yes & No & No & Stretch bounding box left\\ % |right_stretch| & numeric & Yes & No & No & Stretch bounding box right\\ % |top_accent_stretch| & numeric & Yes & Yes & Yes & Position top accent\\ % |bot_accent_stretch| & numeric & Yes & Yes & Yes & Position bottom accent\\ % |total_variants| & integer & No & Yes & No & Number of large variants\\ % |smash| & integer & No & Yes & No & Unicode index for storing a smashed version\\ % |data| & table & No & Yes & No & Scale factors\\\bottomrule % \end{tabularx} % \end{figure} % % % \begin{figure}[t] % \centerline{\bfseries Table 3: Functions in |mathfont|\strut} % \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{llX}\toprule % Function & Argument(s) & Used For\\\midrule % |new_type_a| & |index|, |next|, data & Add type |a| entry to |mathfont|\\ % |new_type_e| & |index|, |smash|, |next|, data & Add type |e| entry to |mathfont|\\ % |new_type_u| & |index|, |smash|, |next|, data & Add type |u| entry to |mathfont|\\\midrule % |add_to_charm| & string of new charm info & Add new charm into to |mathfont|\\ % |parse_charm| & string of new charm info & Split the string, validate inputs\\\midrule % |empty| & none & Does nothing\\ % |glyph_info| & character subtable & Return height, width, depth, italic\\ % |make_a_commands| & |index|, offset & Return virtual font commands\\ % |make_a_table| & |index|, charm data, fontdata & Make new character table for type |a|\\ % |make_e_commands| & |index|, scale factors & Return virtual font commands\\ % |make_e_table| & |index|, charm data, fontdata & Make new character table for type |e|\\ % |make_hex_value| & integer & Return hexadecimal string\\ % |make_u_commands| & |index|, offset & Return virtual font commands\\ % |make_u_table| & |index|, charm data, fontdata & Make new character table for type |u|\\ % |modify_e_base| & |index|, offset & Modify base glyph for type |e|\\ % |smash_glyph| & |index|, fontdata & Return table for smashed character\\\midrule % |adjust_font| & fontdata & Call callbacks\\ % |apply_charm_info| & fontdata & Change character metrics in fontdata\\ % |get_font_name| & fontdata & Return font name\\ % |info| & string & Writes a message in the |log| file\\ % |math_constants| & fontdata & Creates a MathConstants table\\ % |set_nomath_true| & fontdata & Set top-level font specs for math\\\bottomrule % \end{tabularx} % \end{figure} % % Changing top-level flags in a font object is straightforward. Creating a MathConstants table is complicated but largely self-contained. We take a few parameters that the user has set, define traditional \TeX\ math parameters based on the essential parameters of the font, and assign their values to corresponding entries in a MathConstants table. However, editing character metrics is convoluted with many moving parts. For every glyph that we want modify when \TeX\ loads a text font, we store character metric information about that glyph as a subtable in |mathfont|. The entries of the subtable describe how to stretch the glyph bounds, scale the glyph itself, or determine math accent placement. For characters of type |u|, we only specify accent placement. For characters of type |a|, which is the upper and lower-case Latin letters, we stretch the bounding box of the glyph horizontally to widen the letters slightly. When we load a text font, we create 52 virtual characters in the Unicode Supplementary Private Use Area-A that typeset the Latin letter glyphs in elongated bounding boxes, and later in \textsf{mathfont}, we set the mathcodes of Latin letters to be these virtual characters. For type |e|, we do the same thing except that for each character, we create an ensamble of scaled versions, which we use as a family of large variants. % % Here's how to think about the dynamics of our approach. We use character metric information at three different times: pre-processing, interim processing, and post-processing. In pre-processing, which we implement in this section, we assemble initial character metric information into entries in |mathfont|. In other words, pre-processing means creating the initial |mathfont| subtables and happens during package loading. Interim processing means the user altering entries in |mathfont| and happens through |\CharmLine| and |\CharmFile|. This can occur at any point in the pramble. In post-processing, which we implement in the next section, \textsf{mathfont} extracts information from the current state of the |mathfont| table and uses it to alter a fontdata object. Post-processing happens through the |luaotfload.patch_font| callback and occurs once at the point when \TeX\ loads the font file. As a rule, \LaTeX\ does not like to load fonts before it uses them, so post-processing typically happens |\AtBeginDocument| in the case of the main text font or whenever the user calls a |\text|\meta{font keyword} command or enters math mode, whichever happens first. This is also why you cannot adjust fonts that \TeX\ loaded before \textsf{mathfont}. % % % We set |mathnolimitsmode| to 4 to make integral signs look nice. Or at least nicer than they would otherwise. % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \mathnolimitsmode=4\relax % \end{macrocode} % We need some error messages. We change the catcode of \expandafter|\textbackslash| to 12 in order to use it freely as a Lua escape character. We change |~| to catcode 0 to define the macros. % \begin{macrocode} \bgroup \catcode`\~=0 ~catcode`~\=12 ~@firstofone{ ~egroup ~def~M@number@ssert{"\n% Package mathfont error: Nonnumeric charm value.\n\n% I'm having trouble with a character metric.\n% Your \\CharmLine or \\CharmFile contains \""..temp_string.."\"\n% which is not a number. Make sure that your\n% charm information is all integers, floats,\n% or asterisks separated by commas or spaces.\n"} ~def~M@index@ssert{"\n% Package mathfont error: Invalid unicode index.\n\n% The unicode index \""..split_string[1].."\" is invalid. Make sure\n% that the first number in your \\CharmLine and in each\n% line of your \\CharmFile is an integer between 0 and\n% 1,114,111.\n"} ~def~M@entries@ssert{"\n% Package mathfont error: Charm values too short.\n\n% Your charm information for U+"..index.." needs more\n% entries. Right now you have "..number_of_entries.." entries, and\n% you need at least "..entries_needed..". If you aren't sure what\n% to do, try adding asterisks to your \\CharmLine\n% or line in your \\CharmFile.\n"}} % \end{macrocode} % The user inputs charm information at the \TeX\ level. We define the macros |\CharmLine| that interfaces with |mathfont:add_to_charm| directly and |\CharmFile| that reads lines from a file and individually feeds them to |\CharmLine|. For |\CharmLine|, we check that the argument contains no |"| or \expandafter|\textbackslash| symbols because that could mess up the Lua parsing. % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\CharmLine#1{% \begingroup \edef\@tempa{#1} \edef\@tempa{\detokenize\expandafter{\@tempa}} \@expandtwoargs\in@{"}{\@tempa} % \end{macrocode} % If |#1| contains a |"|, we issue an error. The error help message is different depending on whether the |\CharmLine| came from a call to |\CharmFile| or not, which we check with |\ifM@fromCharmFile|. % \begin{macrocode} \ifin@ % is " in #1? \ifM@fromCharmFile \M@ForbiddenCharmFile{"} \else \M@ForbiddenCharmLine{"} \fi \else \@expandtwoargs\in@{\@backslashchar}{\@tempa} \ifin@ % is \ in #1? \ifM@fromCharmFile \M@ForbiddenCharmFile{\@backslashchar} \else \M@ForbiddenCharmLine{\@backslashchar} \fi \else % \end{macrocode} % If |#1| does not contain a quotation mark or escape char, we feed it to |mathfont:add_to_charm| as a string. % \begin{macrocode} \directlua{mathfont:add_to_charm("\@tempa")} \fi \fi \endgroup} % \end{macrocode} % The argument of |\CharmFile| should be a valid filename, and we open it in |\M@Charm|. The |\M@fromCharmFiletrue| command sets the boolean for an open charm file to true. This command and the corresponding false command are global because of how the kernel defines |\newif|. We can't check |\ifeof\M@Charm| because during processing of the last line from |\M@Charm|, we are at the end of the file even though it is still open. % \begin{macrocode} \protected\def\CharmFile#1{% \begingroup \M@fromCharmFiletrue \immediate\openin\M@Charm{#1} % \end{macrocode} % The macro |\@next| will read a line in |#1|, feed it to |\CharmLine|, and call itself if the file has more lines. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@next{% \read\M@Charm to \@tempa \CharmLine\@tempa \ifeof\M@Charm\else % if file has more lines? \expandafter\@next \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Call |\@next|, close the file, and end the group. % \begin{macrocode} \@next \immediate\closein\M@Charm \M@fromCharmFilefalse \endgroup} % \end{macrocode} % This concludes the \TeX-based portion of font adjustments. The rest of this and the next two sections is the Lua script that adapts a text font for math mode. First, we create the |mathfont| table. % \begin{macrocode} \directlua{ mathfont = {} % \end{macrocode} % Each character whose metrics we want to change will have one of three types: |a| for alphabet, |e| for extensible, and |u| for (other) unicode. (We don't really create extensibles---type |e| means any character that we need artificially larger sizes for.) We begin with type |a|. The |index| is the base-10 unicode value of the character that we will later modify, and |next| is the base-10 unicode value of the slot we will use to store the modified glyph. The |data| variable is a table with 4 entries that stores sizing information and information regarding accent placement. We divide the information by 1000 as is standard in \TeX. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:new_type_a(index, next, data) self[index] = {} self[index].type = "a" self[index].next = next self[index].left_stretch = data[1] / 1000 self[index].right_stretch = data[2] / 1000 self[index].top_accent_stretch = data[3] / 1000 self[index].bot_accent_stretch = data[4] / 1000 end % \end{macrocode} % Initializing type |e| characters is more complicated. The |index| argument is the base-10 unicode value of the caracter we will modify. The |smash| value is a unicode slot where we will store a smashed version of the glyph with no height, depth, or width, which we need to scale the glyph correctly. We use |next| and |data| to add large variants of characters to the font. Specifically, |next| is a table of unicode slots where we will add larger versions of the character with unicode value |index|, and |data| stores the sizing information. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:new_type_e(index, smash, next, data) % \end{macrocode} % We determine the number of larger variants |v| from the length of |next|, and we store that number in |total_variants|. % \begin{macrocode} local v = \string# next self[index] = {} self[index].type = "e" self[index].smash = smash self[index].next = next self[index].total_variants = v self[index].data = {} % \end{macrocode} % We expect |data| to have $2|v|+2$ entries, which we consider in pairs. The $i$th pair (i.e.\ entries $i$ and $i+1$ of |data|) encodes the horizontal and vertical scale factors for the $i$th large variant, and the final two entries determine top and bottom accent placement. We store each pair as a two-element table in the larger table |mathfont[index].data|, and we use |x| and |y| as the keys for the horizontal and vertical stretch. Again we divide both scale factors by 1000. % \begin{macrocode} for i = 1, v, 1 do self[index].data[i] = {} self[index].data[i].x = data[2*i-1] / 1000 self[index].data[i].y = data[2*i] / 1000 end self[index].top_accent_stretch = data[2*v+1] / 1000 self[index].bot_accent_stretch = data[2*v+2] / 1000 end % \end{macrocode} % The type |u| characters are simplest. We need to specify the unicode index in the first argument. The second function argument is a table with two entries that stores accent information. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:new_type_u(index, data) self[index] = {} self[index].type = "u" self[index].top_accent_stretch = data[1] / 1000 self[index].bot_accent_stretch = data[2] / 1000 end % \end{macrocode} % Interim processing. We provide a way for the user to edit resizing and accent information for the characters in |mathfont|. The function |mathfont.parse_charm| parses and validates the user's input, and the function |mathfont:add_to_charm| incorporates the user's information into the tables already in |mathfont|. The |mathfont:add_to_charm| function expects a single string of integers, floats, or asterisks separated by spaces or commas and immediately passes it to |parse_charm|. Our first task is to split the string into components, and we store the results in |split_string|. The dummy variable |i| keeps track of the number of entries currently in |split_string|. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.parse_charm(charm_input) local split_string = {} local charm_string = charm_input local temp_string = "" local i = 1 % \end{macrocode} % We loop through |charm_string| as long as it contains a comma or space. At each iteration, we remove the portion of |charm_string| preceeding the first comma or space and append it to |split_string| as a separate entry. % \begin{macrocode} while string.find(charm_string, " ") or string.find(charm_string, ",") do local length = string.len(charm_string) local first_space = string.find(charm_string, " ") or length local first_comma = string.find(charm_string, ",") or length % \end{macrocode} % We store the location of the first comma or space in |sep|. % \begin{macrocode} local sep = first_space if first_comma < first_space then sep = first_comma end % \end{macrocode} % Now split |charm_string| at |sep|. We store the portion before |sep| in |temp_string|, and the portion after |sep| becomes the new |charm_string|. % \begin{macrocode} temp_string = string.sub(charm_string, 1, sep-1) charm_string = string.sub(charm_string, sep+1) % \end{macrocode} % If |temp_string| is not empty, we store it in position |i| in |split_string|, then increment |i| by 1. If |temp_string| does not contain a number or asterisk, we raise an error. % \begin{macrocode} if temp_string \noexpand~= "" then if tonumber(temp_string) then % if a number, append number split_string[i] = tonumber(temp_string) i = i+1 elseif temp_string == "*" then % if asterisk, append asterisk split_string[i] = temp_string i = i+1 else % if neither, raise error error(\M@number@ssert) end end end % \end{macrocode} % After we iterate the splitting procedure, we have a final portion of |charm_string| with no commas or spaces, and we perform the same check as on |temp_string| above. % \begin{macrocode} temp_string = charm_string if temp_string \noexpand~= "" then if tonumber(temp_string) then % if a number, append number split_string[i] = tonumber(temp_string) elseif temp_string == "*" then % if asterisk, append asterisk split_string[i] = temp_string else % if neither, raise error error(\M@number@ssert) end end % \end{macrocode} % The last step is to make sure that the first entry of |split_string| is a valid unicode index. We know that the first entry is either an asterisk or a number, and we make sure it is not an asterisk. % \begin{macrocode} local index = split_string[1] if index == "*" then error(\M@index@ssert) end % \end{macrocode} % The last check is to make sure the entry is (1) an integer and not a float; (2) nonnegative; and (3) less than 1,114,111, the maximum unicode entry. We round the entry down by subtracting the decimal portion, and the result will be equal to the original entry if and only if we begn with an integer. We perform the three checks inside an |assert| and issue an error if any of them fail, and if |split_string| is valid, we return it to |mathfont:add_to_charm|. % \begin{macrocode} local rounded = index - (index \@percentchar 1) % subtract decimal portion local max = 1114111 assert(index == rounded and index >= 0 and index <= max, \M@index@ssert) return split_string end % \end{macrocode} % We feed the user's charm information directly to |mathfont:add_to_charm|, which first calls |parse_charm| to parse the input and then modifies |mathfont| accordingly. After being parsed, we store the user's input in |charm_metrics|. The |index| is the base-10 unicode value of the character whose information we want to modify, and the |number_of_entries| is the length of |charm_metrics|. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:add_to_charm(charm_string) local charm_metrics = self.parse_charm(charm_string) local index = charm_metrics[1] local number_of_entries = \string# charm_metrics % \end{macrocode} % If |mathfont| does not already have an entry for the unicode character |index|, we create an entry with type |u|. % \begin{macrocode} if not self[index] then self:new_type_u(index, {0, 0}) end % \end{macrocode} % Handling the user's input depends on the type of entry |index|. The basic procedure is to first check that the input has enough entries and, if yes, to overwrite the numbers stored in |mathfont|'s corresponding subtable with the new information. If the user included an asterisk, we do nothing to that metric value. For type |a|, we need four entries besides the |index|. The first two wll overwrite the left and right offset, and the last two overwrite accent placement. % \begin{macrocode} if self[index].type == "a" then local entries_needed = 5 assert(number_of_entries >= entries_needed, \M@entries@ssert) if charm_metrics[2] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].left_stretch = charm_metrics[2] / 1000 end if charm_metrics[3] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].right_stretch = charm_metrics[3] / 1000 end if charm_metrics[4] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].top_accent_stretch = charm_metrics[4] / 1000 end if charm_metrics[5] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].bot_accent_stretch = charm_metrics[5] / 1000 end % \end{macrocode} % Type |e| is more complicated. The number of entries in the |charm_metrics| must be at least $2*|total_variants|+3$. We loop through the information and, for each $i$th pair of charm values, set those numbers to be the horizontal and vertical stretch information for the $i$th variant. We handle type |r| in the same way. % \begin{macrocode} elseif self[index].type == "e" then local tot_variants = self[index].total_variants local entries_needed = 2 * tot_variants + 3 assert(number_of_entries >= entries_needed, \M@entries@ssert) for i = 1, tot_variants, 1 do if charm_metrics[2*i] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].data[i].x = charm_metrics[2*i] / 1000 end if charm_metrics[2*i+1] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].data[i].y = charm_metrics[2*i+1] / 1000 end end % \end{macrocode} % The final two entries for type |e| or |r| are the accent information. % \begin{macrocode} if charm_metrics[2*tot_variants+2] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].top_accent_stretch = charm_metrics[2*tot_variants+2] / 1000 end if charm_metrics[2*tot_variants+3] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].bot_accent_stretch = charm_metrics[2*tot_variants+3] / 1000 end % \end{macrocode} % Again the information for type |u| is the simplest. We need two values besides the |index|, one for the top accent and one for the bottom accent. % \begin{macrocode} elseif self[index].type == "u" then local entries_needed = 3 assert(number_of_entries >= entries_needed, \M@entries@ssert) if charm_metrics[2] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].top_accent_stretch = charm_metrics[2] / 1000 end if charm_metrics[3] \noexpand~= "*" then self[index].bot_accent_stretch = charm_metrics[3] / 1000 end end end % \end{macrocode} % We end this section with three general-purpose Lua functions. The |make_hex_value| function accepts a nonnegative integer and returns its hexadecimal representation as a string. The result will go in the variable |hex_string|. We handle the cases of 0 and 1 manually. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.make_hex_value(integer) if integer == 0 then return "0000" end if integer == 1 then return "0001" end local hex_digits = "0123456789ABCDEF" % for reference local hex_string = "" local curr_val = integer local remainder = 0 % \end{macrocode} % Otherwise, we find the number of hexadecimal digits that we will need to represent the |integer|. We loop through the integers and stop when we reach the first power of 16 that is greater than |integer|. % \begin{macrocode} local i = 0 while 16^i <= curr_val do i = i+1 end % \end{macrocode} % Once we know how many hex digits we will need, we subtract off successively smaller powers of 16. Our dummy variable |j| starts as the greatest power of 16 less than or equal to |integer|, and we divide by $16^{\hbox{\texttt{\footnotesize j}}}$. The quotient becomes the first hexadecimal digit, and we repeat the process with the remainder and a smaller value of |j|. The final result is the hexadecimal representation of our original |integer|. % \begin{macrocode} for j = i-1, 0, -1 do remainder = curr_val \@percentchar (16^j) curr_val = (curr_val - remainder) / (16^j) hex_string = hex_string .. string.sub(hex_digits, curr_val+1, curr_val+1) curr_val = remainder end % \end{macrocode} % If |hex_string| has fewer than 4 digits, we add enough leading 0's to bring it to 4 digits. % \begin{macrocode} if \string# hex_string < 4 then for i = \string# hex_string, 4, 1 do hex_string = "0" .. hex_string end end return hex_string end % \end{macrocode} % The |glyph_info| function does exactly what it sounds like. It accepts a character table from a font and returns the width, height, depth, and italic correction values. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.glyph_info(char) local glyph_width = char.width or 0 local glyph_height = char.height or 0 local glyph_depth = char.depth or 0 local glyph_italic = char.italic or 0 return glyph_width, glyph_height, glyph_depth, glyph_italic end % \end{macrocode} % The |:smash_glyph| function returns a character table that will produce a smashed version of the unicode character with value |index|. The character has no width, height, or depth and typesets the glyph virtually using a |char| font command. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:smash_glyph(index, fontdata) local smash_table = {} smash_table.width = 0 smash_table.height = 0 smash_table.depth = 0 smash_table.commands = {{"char", index}} return smash_table end % \end{macrocode} % An empty function that does nothing. Used later for creating callbacks. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.empty(arg) end % \end{macrocode} % % % \section{Adjust Fonts: Changes} % % % \begin{figure}[t] % \centerline{\bfseries Table 3: Callbacks Created by \textsf{mathfont}\strut} % \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{lXl}\toprule % Callback Name & Called? & Default Behavior\\\midrule % |"mathfont.inspect_font"| & Always & none\\\midrule % |"mathfont.pre_adjust"| & % \multirow{5}{*}{\vbox{\hbox{If |nomath|}\hbox{in |fontdata|}\hbox{is set to true}}} & none\\ % |"mathfont.disable_nomath"| & & |mathfont.set_nomath_true|\\ % |"mathfont.add_math_constants"| & & |mathfont.math_constants|\\ % |"mathfont.fix_character_metrics"|& & |mathfont.apply_charm_info|\\ % |"mathfont.post_adjust"| & & none\\\bottomrule % \end{tabularx} % \end{figure} % % % % % This section contains the Lua functions that actually modify the font during loading. The three functions |set_nomath_true|, |math_constants|, and |apply_charm_info| do most of the heavy lifting, and we set them as the default behavior for three callbacks. In total, \textsf{mathfont} defines six different callbacks and calls them inside the function |adjust_font|---see table~3 for a list. Each callback accepts a fontdata object as an argument and returns nothing. You can use these callbacks to change \textsf{mathfont}'s default modifications or to modify a fontdata object before or after \textsf{mathfont} looks at it. Be aware that if you add a function to any of the |disable_nomath|, |add_math_constants|, or |fix_character_metrics| callbacks, Lua\TeX\ will not call the default |mathfont| function associated with the callback anymore. In other words, do not mess with these three callbacks unless you are duplicating the functionality of the corresponding ``Default Behavior'' function from table~3. % % We begin with the functions that modify character subtables in the font table, and in all cases, we return a new character table (or set of character tables in the case of type |e|) that we insert into the font object. For types |a| and |e|, we code the table from scratch, and for type |u|, we add information to the character tables that already exist in the font object. The three functions for assembling character tables take three arguments. The |index| argument is the unicode index of the base character that the function is modifying. The |charm_data| argument is the subtable in |mathfont| of charm information that corresponds to |index|, and the |fontdata| argument is a font object. We will pull information from |charm_data| and |fontdata| to assemble the new table. % % We will incorporate five categories of information into our new character tables: glyph dimensions, unicode values, accent placement dimensions, virtual font commands, and math kerning. For type |a|, we increase the original horizontal glyph dimensions based on charm information, and for type |e|, we increase the width by horizontal scale factors and the height and depth by vertical scale factors. Accent placement dimensions come from charm information. For types |a| and |e|, we return a character table that will become a virtual character in the font, and we need to include commands to typeset certain base characters. For type |e|, we also create the large variants through |pdf| commands that stretch the base glyphs. % % The type |a| commands include one command to move to the right by some offset and one command to typeset the base glyph. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.make_a_commands(index, offset) local c_1 = {"right", offset} local c_2 = {"char", index} return {c_1, c_2} end % \end{macrocode} % The |:make_a_table| returns a character table for type |a| characters. We store the information to return in the variable |a_table| and the character subtable in |char|. The |slant| is the font's |slant| parameter and is used for calculating accent placement. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:make_a_table(index, charm_data, fontdata) local a_table = {} local char = fontdata.characters[index] or {} local slant = fontdata.parameters.slant / 65536 or 0 % \end{macrocode} % The |left_stretch| and |right_stretch| values come from charm data and tell us how much extra space to add to the left and right sides of the character. Importantly, these values are additive. % \begin{macrocode} local left_stretch = charm_data.left_stretch local right_stretch = charm_data.right_stretch local width, height, depth, italic = self.glyph_info(char) % \end{macrocode} % Incorporate the italic correction into the character width. % \begin{macrocode} width = width + italic % \end{macrocode} % The new width is $1+|left_stretch|+|right_stretch|$ times the original width. The horizontal offset that appears in the commands is the |left_stretch| portion of the new width. % \begin{macrocode} local offset = width * left_stretch a_table.width = width * (1 + left_stretch + right_stretch) a_table.height = height a_table.depth = depth a_table.italic = italic a_table.unicode = index % \end{macrocode} % The |tounicode| entry is a hexadecimal string that encodes the unicode value of the base character. % \begin{macrocode} a_table.tounicode = self.make_hex_value(index) % \end{macrocode} % We specify accent placement information by including |top_accent| and |bot_accent| entries in the |a_table|. We determine placement by setting the |top_accent| to be a base value plus a distance determined by the charm data and similarly for |bot_accent|. We imagine dividing up the character's bounding box as follows: (1)~some rectangular portion of the left and right areas of the bounding box is empty space added according to |left_stretch| and |right_stretch|; (2)~accordingly, the glyph occupies some rectangular area in the middle of the bounding box; (3)~if the font is slanted, that rectangle will actually be a parallogram where the rectangle overhangs both slanted edges of the parallogram in two triangles; and (4)~we can determine the size of these triangles according to the |slant| font parameter. We want the base measurement for the top accent to be located in the middle of the parallogram from step~(3) previously, and we end up with % \[ % \hbox{base measurement}={|left_stretch|}*{|width|}+0.5*({|width|}-\sigma_1*{|height|})+\sigma_1*{|height|}, % \] % where $\sigma_1$ is the |slant| parameter and |width| and |height| refer to the character in question. This equation simplifies to % \[ % (0.5 + {|left_stretch|}) * {|width|} + 0.5 \sigma_1 * {|height|}, % \] % which is the formula we use for the base value of the top accent. We determine the base value of the bottom accent similarly. For the shift amount, we take the corresponding factor from the charm information and multiply it by the width of the character. Note that in all these cases, we use the |width|, not the |new_width| as our unit of measurement. This keeps the scaling of the accent placement independent of the |left_stretch| and |right_stretch| values. % \begin{macrocode} local top_base = (0.5 + left_stretch) * width + 0.5 * slant * height local bot_base = (0.5 + left_stretch) * width - 0.5 * slant * height local top_accent_shift = charm_data.top_accent_stretch * width local bot_accent_shift = charm_data.bot_accent_stretch * width a_table.top_accent = top_base + top_accent_shift a_table.bot_accent = bot_base + bot_accent_shift % \end{macrocode} % Add the commands to the table. % \begin{macrocode} a_table.commands = self.make_a_commands(index, offset) % \end{macrocode} % Because we are keeping the character's italic correction, we have superscripts and subscripts that are too far from the glyph if we leave things as is. The reason is that Lua\TeX\ adds italic correction of the nucleus to the horizontal position of superscripts when it formats exponents. Accordingly we want to move both superscript and subscript left by the italic correction of the nucleus, so we add a mathkern table to the character. A mathkern table contains up to four subtables, one for each corner of the character. Within each subtable, we store pairs of |height| and |kern| values, where |height| means to apply |kern| to exponents at that height. In this case, we have a |kern| value of minus italic correction in the upper and lower right corners. % \begin{macrocode} a_table.mathkern = {} a_table.mathkern.top_right = {{height = 0, kern = -italic}} a_table.mathkern.bottom_right = {{height = 0, kern = -italic}} a_table.mathkern.top_left = {{height = 0, kern = 0}} a_table.mathkern.bottom_left = {{height = 0, kern = 0}} return a_table end % \end{macrocode} % For type |e| characters, we need a function to modify the base glyph. We incorporate the italic correction into the width and add extra italic correction in the case of the integral symbol. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:modify_e_base(index, fontdata) local char = fontdata.characters[index] or {} local width, height, depth, italic = self.glyph_info(char) char.width = width + italic % \end{macrocode} % We trim the bounding box on the surd if the user requests it. Some text fonts extend the bounding box of the surd past the edge of the glyph, and we trim the edge of the box according to the values of |\M@surd@horizontal@factor| and |\M@surd@vertical@factor|. % \begin{macrocode} if index == 8730 then % \end{macrocode} % Now get the scale factors from the \TeX\ side of things and scale down (or up) the height and with of the surd. % \begin{macrocode} local horizontal_scale = tex.getcount("M@surd@horizontal@factor") / 1000 local vertical_scale = tex.getcount("M@surd@vertical@factor") / 1000 char.width = horizontal_scale * char.width char.height = vertical_scale * height end % \end{macrocode} % For the integral symbol, get the scale factor add the appropriate italic correction. % \begin{macrocode} if index == 8747 then local scale_factor = tex.getcount("M@integral@italic@factor") / 1000 char.italic = scale_factor * width end end % \end{macrocode} % For the |e| commands, we not only typeset a certain glyph but also instruct the |pdf| backend to scale by a horizontal and vertical factor before doing so. In this way, we artificially add larger variants of a particular base glyph. The |pdf| command sends code directly to the pdf backend that handles the transformation. The |q| command indicates a linear transformation of the output, and the following string contains the transformation coordinates. The |Q| command restores the original coordinate system, and because it occurs between the transformation commands, the typeset glyph from the |char| command will be enlarged according to the transformation matrix. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.make_e_commands(index, h_stretch, v_stretch) local c_1 = {"pdf", "origin", string.format( "q \@percentchar s 0 0 \@percentchar s 0 0 cm", h_stretch, v_stretch)} local c_2 = {"char", index} local c_3 = {"pdf", "origin", "Q"} return {c_1, c_2, c_3} end % \end{macrocode} % The function for type |e| characters returns a table with different structure because we need to create multiple characters at once. Specifically, the function returns a table with one entry for each larger variant that we want to add to the font. Many of the variables are the same as in |:make_type_a|. We store the base character subtable in |char| and the font's |slant| parameter in |slant|. The |tounicode| stores the hexadecimal unicode value of the base character for reference later, and |smash_index| is the index of the unicode slot that we are using to hold the smashed version of the base character. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:make_e_table(index, charm_data, fontdata) local e_table = {} local char = fontdata.characters[index] or {} local slant = fontdata.parameters.slant / 65536 local tounicode = self.make_hex_value(index) local smash_index = charm_data.smash local width, height, depth, italic = self.glyph_info(char) % \end{macrocode} % We will create a number of entries in |e_table| equal to the number of variants we want, which is stored in |charm_data.total_variants|. We iteratively assemble the |e_table|, and we begin the iteration by extracting the |i|th horizontal and vertical scale factors from |charm_data|. The width, height, and depth of the |i|th new character will be scalings of these values from the original character. % \begin{macrocode} for i = 1, charm_data.total_variants, 1 do local h_stretch = charm_data.data[i].x local v_stretch = charm_data.data[i].y local new_width = width * h_stretch local new_height = height * v_stretch local new_depth = depth * v_stretch local new_italic = italic * h_stretch % \end{macrocode} % We add new character bounds to the |i|th entry of |e_table|. % \begin{macrocode} e_table[i] = {} e_table[i].width = new_width e_table[i].height = new_height e_table[i].depth = new_depth e_table[i].italic = new_italic % \end{macrocode} % Add the unicode information. % \begin{macrocode} e_table[i].unicode = index e_table[i].tounicode = tounicode % \end{macrocode} % We handle accent placement the same way as with type |a| characters. % \begin{macrocode} local base_top_accent = 0.5 * new_width + 0.5 * slant * new_height local base_bot_accent = 0.5 * new_width - 0.5 * slant * new_height local top_accent_shift = charm_data.top_accent_stretch * new_width local bot_accent_shift = charm_data.bot_accent_stretch * new_width e_table[i].top_accent = base_top_accent + top_accent_shift e_table[i].bot_accent = base_bot_accent + bot_accent_shift % \end{macrocode} % Add the commands. % \begin{macrocode} e_table[i].commands = self.make_e_commands(smash_index, h_stretch, v_stretch) % \end{macrocode} % If we aren't dealing with the last entry in the table, we need to add the character's |next| fields. The next larger variant after the |i|th character will the the ${|i|}+1$st character, and we can extract the index from the |charm_information|. % \begin{macrocode} if i < charm_data.total_variants then e_table[i].next = charm_data.next[i+1] end end return e_table end % \end{macrocode} % Making the |u| table is the easiest. We take the character subtable from |fontdata| as our starting point rather than assembling a new character subtable from scratch. The structure here is very similar to type |a| without the extra space from the |left_stretch| and |right_stretch|. Again, we incorporate the italic correction into the bounding box and add a negative mathkern to compensate. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:make_u_table(index, charm_data, fontdata) local u_table = fontdata.characters[index] or {} local slant = fontdata.parameters.slant / 65536 or 0 local width, height, depth, italic = self.glyph_info(u_table) local new_width = width + italic u_table.width = new_width % \end{macrocode} % We handle accents in the same way as with the other types. % \begin{macrocode} local base_top_accent = 0.5 * new_width + 0.5 * slant * height local base_bot_accent = 0.5 * new_width - 0.5 * slant * height local top_accent_shift = charm_data.top_accent_stretch * new_width local bot_accent_shift = charm_data.bot_accent_stretch * new_width u_table.top_accent = base_top_accent + top_accent_shift u_table.bot_accent = base_bot_accent + bot_accent_shift % \end{macrocode} % Add a mathkern table as in the case of type |a| characters. % \begin{macrocode} u_table.mathkern = {} u_table.mathkern.top_right = {{height = 0, kern = -italic}} u_table.mathkern.bottom_right = {{height = 0, kern = -italic}} u_table.mathkern.top_left = {{height = 0, kern = 0}} u_table.mathkern.bottom_left = {{height = 0, kern = 0}} return u_table end % \end{macrocode} % Before we get to the main font-changing functions, we code |make_fake_angle|, which returns a character table for the fake angle brackets. The function accepts the index of the smashed character as |index| and the index of the smashed gillement as |smash|. We form the fake angle bracket by using only the top 90\% of the original glyph, and we scale it to have the same height and depth as the left parenthesis. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.make_fake_angle(index, smash, fontdata) local temp = {} local lparen = fontdata.characters[40] or {} local lparen_height = lparen.height or 0 local lparen_depth = lparen.depth or 0 local glyph = fontdata.characters[index] or {} local glyph_height = glyph.height or 0 local base_height = 0.9 * glyph_height local factor = 0 if glyph_height \noexpand~= 0 then factor = (lparen_height + lparen_depth) / base_height end local shift = 0.1 * glyph_height * factor + lparen_depth temp.height = lparen_height temp.depth = lparen_depth temp.width = glyph.width or 0 temp.italic = glyph.italic or 0 temp.top_accent = glyph.top_accent or 0.5 * temp.width temp.bot_accent = glyph.bot_accent or 0.5 * temp.width temp.commands = { {"down", shift}, {"pdf", "origin", string.format("q 1 0 0 \@percentchar s 0 0 cm", factor)}, {"char", smash}, {"pdf", "origin", "Q"}, {"down", -shift}} return temp end % \end{macrocode} % We come to the main functions that modify the font. We need to accomplish three tasks, and we define separate functions for each one. First, we set the font's |nomath| entry to |false|. Second, we incorporate the modifications based on charm information into the font, i.e.\ set the font's character subtables using the previous functions from this section. Third, we need to add a MathConstants table. The first task is very easy. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.set_nomath_true(fontdata) fontdata.nomath = false fontdata.oldmath = false end % \end{macrocode} % The second task is more involved. The basic idea is to loop through |mathfont|, and whenever we find an entry that is a subtable, we treat it as charm information that we use to modify the font object. We begin by storing the character information from the font in |chars| for easier reference later. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.apply_charm_info(fontdata) local chars = fontdata.characters or {} % \end{macrocode} % Before we loop through the charm data, we need to add fake angle brackets and |\nabla| to the font. We begin with the angle brackets. % \begin{macrocode} chars[1044538] = mathfont:smash_glyph(8249, fontdata) % \lguil chars[1044539] = mathfont:smash_glyph(8250, fontdata) % \rguil chars[1044540] = mathfont:smash_glyph(171, fontdata) % \llguil chars[1044541] = mathfont:smash_glyph(187, fontdata) % \rrguil % \end{macrocode} % Now add the characters to the font. % \begin{macrocode} chars[1044508] = mathfont.make_fake_angle(8249, 1044538, fontdata) chars[1044509] = mathfont.make_fake_angle(8250, 1044539, fontdata) chars[1044510] = mathfont.make_fake_angle(171, 1044540, fontdata) chars[1044511] = mathfont.make_fake_angle(187, 1044541, fontdata) % \end{macrocode} % Add the nabla (inverted Delta) character to the font if it is missing. % \begin{macrocode} if not chars[8711] then chars[8710] = chars[8710] or {} chars[1044508] = mathfont:smash_glyph(8710, fontdata) chars[8711] = {} chars[8711].width = chars[8710].width or 0 chars[8711].height = chars[8710].height or 0 chars[8711].depth = chars[8710].depth or 0 chars[8711].italic = chars[8710].italic or 0 chars[8711].top_accent = chars[8710].top_accent or 0.5 * chars[8711].width chars[8711].bot_accent = chars[8710].bot_accent or 0.5 * chars[8711].width chars[8711].unicode = 8711 chars[8711].tounicode = mathfont.make_hex_value(8711) chars[8711].commands = { {"down", -chars[8711].height}, {"pdf", "origin", "q 1 0 0 -1 0 0 cm"}, {"char", 1044508}, {"pdf", "origin", "Q"}, {"down", chars[8711].height}} end % \end{macrocode} % Perform the loop. We care about entries |info| whose type is a table. % \begin{macrocode} for index, info in pairs(mathfont) do if type(info) == "table" then % \end{macrocode} % If the character's type is |a|, all we need to do is replace the character subtable in the font with our version. % \begin{macrocode} if info.type == "a" then chars[info.next] = mathfont:make_a_table(index, info, fontdata) % \end{macrocode} % Again, type |e| is more complicated. This time we need to insert multiple character subtables into the font, one for the smashed version of the base glyph and others corresponding to the large variants that we create using the |:make_e_table| function from above. We also need to add |next| entries to the caracters in the font linking all the variants together. % \begin{macrocode} elseif info.type == "e" then local smash = info.smash chars[index] = chars[index] or {} % \end{macrocode} % Set the |next| entry on the current character, modify the character's dimensions to incorporate italic correction into the width, and add a smashed version of the glyph into the font. % \begin{macrocode} chars[index].next = info.next[1] mathfont:modify_e_base(index, fontdata) chars[smash] = mathfont:smash_glyph(index, fontdata) % \end{macrocode} % The function that creates the character table for type |e| produces one character subtable for each larger variant that we want to add, so we loop through the resulting table and add the contents to the font one at time. Each subtable goes in unicode slots that we take from the charm information, specifically the |next| table from |info|. % \begin{macrocode} local variants_table = mathfont:make_e_table(index, info, fontdata) for i = 1, info.total_variants, 1 do chars[info.next[i]] = variants_table[i] end % \end{macrocode} % We deal with type |u| in the same way as we do type |a|. % \begin{macrocode} elseif info.type == "u" then chars[index] = mathfont:make_u_table(index, info, fontdata) end end end end % \end{macrocode} % The |populate_math_constants| function is even more complicated because we need to add a full MathConstants table to the font object, which has some fifty parameters that we need to set. To keep things simple, we set the font parameters in terms of traditional \TeX\ |\fontdimen| parameters. Besides the eight essential parameters found in all fonts, \TeX\ traditionally uses some fifteen extra parameters to typeset math formulas. To preserve whatever structure may already exist in the font object, we do not override any MathConstants that the font already contains. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.math_constants(fontdata) fontdata.MathConstants = fontdata.MathConstants or {} % \end{macrocode} % First evaluate the dimensions from the font object that we will use in determining other math parameter values. The |A_height| is the height of the capital ``A'' character, and the |y_depth| is the depth of the minuscule ``y'' character. Both will be 0 if the font does not have the correct character. % \begin{macrocode} local size = fontdata.size or 0 local ex = fontdata.parameters.x_height or 0 local em = fontdata.parameters.quad or 0 local A_height = 0 local y_depth = 0 if fontdata.characters[65] then A_height = fontdata.characters[65].height or 0 % A end if fontdata.characters[121] then y_depth = fontdata.characters[121].depth or 0 % y end % \end{macrocode} % We begin by setting the axis height and default rule thickness. We need to start with these parameters because we will use them to calculate other constants. We set both values to 0 initially and then change them. % \begin{macrocode} local axis = 0 local rule_thickness = 0 % \end{macrocode} % Set the default rule thickness. If the font already has a value set for the parameter |FractionRuleThickness|, we take that as the default rule thickness, and otherwise we set it to be 1/18 of the font size times the adjustment factor from |\M@rule@thickness@factor|, which is the value of that |\count| divided by 1000. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "FractionRuleThickness" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then local scale_factor = tex.getcount("M@rule@thickness@factor") / 1000 rule_thickness = (size / 18) * scale_factor fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness else rule_thickness = fontdata.MathConstants[dim] end % \end{macrocode} % If the font does not have |AxisHeight| already set, we set the axis to be the height of a minus sign (character 45). As a fallback, we set the axis to 0.8ex if the font does not have a character in unicode slot 45. If the font has an |AxisHeight|, we take that value as the |axis|. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "AxisHeight" if fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then axis = fontdata.MathConstants[dim] else if fontdata.characters[45] then axis = fontdata.characters[45].height - 0.5 * rule_thickness else axis = 0.8 * ex end fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = axis end % \end{macrocode} % Apart from the axis height and rule thickness, we can group the traditional mathematics |\fontdimen| parameters into three categories: four for large operators, five for fractions, and six for superscripts and subscripts. (OpenType math does not use the fifth large-operator parameter $\xi_{13}$ and the seventh script parameter $\sigma_{14}$.) We define variables with the same names as their traditional references from Appendix G in the \textit{\TeX Book}. I have taken the design approach of using twice the rule height as a standard minimum clearance, and I am assuming that script styles are roughly 70\% as large as text and display styles. We begin with the parameters for large operators. % % The parameter $\xi_9$ is the minimum clearance between the top of a large operator and the limit above it, and we set it to be twice the rule thickness. Before ensuring that the bottom of the upper limit is at least $\xi_9$ away from the operator character, \TeX\ attempts to position the baseline of the limit at $\xi_{10}$ distance above the operator character, and we set $\xi_{10}$ to be slightly larger than $\xi_9$. If the upper limit has no decender, \TeX\ will raise its baseline by $\xi_{10}$, and if it has a descener, \TeX\ will position the bottom of the descender to be $\xi_9$ above the operator, which in practice means it will be higher than limits without descenders. This approach balances the desire for consistency in whitespace with the desire for consistency in baseline height. Similarly, we set the minimum clearance $\xi_{11}$ for the lower limit to be equal to the attempted clearance for the upper limit, and the attempted clearance $\xi_{12}$ for the lower limit will be the minimum clearance plus the average of the |\scriptfont| x-height and |\scriptfont| A-height. % \begin{macrocode} local xi_9 = 2 * rule_thickness % upper limit minimum clearance local xi_10 = xi_9 + 0.35 * y_depth % upper limit attempt placement local xi_11 = xi_10 % lower limit minimum clearance local xi_12 = xi_10 + 0.35 * (A_height + ex) % lower limit attempt placement % \end{macrocode} % Our general approach for |\displaystyle| fractions is to place the baseline of the numerator numerator at a distance above the fraction rule of 1.5 times the rule height plus descender depth plus a small extra space. The minimum clearance will be the rule height, so we expect the numerator to strictly exceed the minimum clearance in most situations. Doing so produces consistent baselines of numerators and gives our value for $\sigma_8$, the attempted height of the numerator in |\displaystyle| fractions. For smaller styles, we use a single rule height as clearance, so we add $0.5*|rule_thickness|+|y_depth|$ scaled down by 0.7 to the rule thickness. The minimum clearance for numerator and denominator are separate OpenType parameters, and we set them later. The extra 0.1 A-height in the attempted clearance relative to the minimum clearance appears because we measure attempted clearance from the axis, whereas we measure minimum clearance from the top or bottom of the fraction rule. % \begin{macrocode} local sigma_8 = axis + 1.5 * rule_thickness + y_depth + 0.1 * A_height local sigma_9 = (axis + 1.35 * rule_thickness + 0.7 * y_depth + 0.07 * A_height) local sigma_10 = sigma_9 % \end{macrocode} % Our approach in the denominators is the same except that we add half the descender depth to the minimum clearance. This creates extra space below the fraction rule so that the typographical color above the rule matches that below the rule when the numerator contains descenders. % \begin{macrocode} local sigma_11 = (-axis + 1.5 * rule_thickness + 0.5 * y_depth + 1.1 * A_height) local sigma_12 = (-axis + 1.35 * rule_thickness + 0.35 * y_depth + 0.77 * A_height) % \end{macrocode} % For superscripts we think in terms of the top of the superscript. We raise the baseline of the superscript by the desired height of the superscript top minus the |\scriptfont| A-height. Choosing $1.3*|A_height|$ for regular styles and $1.2*|A_height|$ for cramped styles was a design choice that worked well. The attempted drop for subscripts is one-fifth the A-height or slightly more than the y-depth, whichever is greater. This way the subscript baseline is slightly lower than any descenders, and for fonts without descenders, we still clearly lower the subscript. Setting $\sigma_{18}$ and $\sigma_{19}$ was another design choice that worked well. % \begin{macrocode} local sigma_13 = 0.6 * A_height % attempted superscript height local sigma_15 = 0.5 * A_height % attempted superscript for \cramped local sigma_16 = 1.1 * y_depth % attempted subscript lower if sigma_16 < 0.2 * A_height then sigma_16 = 0.2 * A_height end local sigma_17 = sigma_16 % sigma_16 when superscript present local sigma_18 = 0.5 * A_height % superscript lower for boxed subformula local sigma_19 = 0.1 * A_height % subscript lower for boxed subformula % \end{macrocode} % The MathConstants themselves come from the unicode equivalents of the traditional \TeX\ |\fontdimen| parameters where appropriate. Where not appropriate, I made design choices as indicated. Setting the next three parameters was purely a design choice. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "DisplayOperatorMinHeight" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 1.8 * A_height end local dim = "FractionDelimiterDisplayStyleSize" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 2 * size end local dim = "FractionDelimiterSize" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 1.3 * size end local dim = "FractionDenominatorDisplayStyleShiftDown" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_11 end local dim = "FractionDenominatorShiftDown" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_12 end % \end{macrocode} % We set the minium clearance for the numerator to be twice the rule height in |\displaystyle| and the rule height in other styles. Our approach in setting the attempted height of the numerator ($\sigma_8$ and $\sigma_9$) was to add the minimum clearance plus the descender depth plus a small extra space, so in general, we do not expect the numerator to run into the minimum clearance. For the denominator, we do the same thing except add half the descender depth to the clearance, which balances the amount of color above and below the fraction rule and is similar to what we did for the lower limits on big operators when we set $\xi_{11}$ larger than $\xi_9$. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "FractionDenominatorDisplayStyleGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness + 0.5 * y_depth end local dim = "FractionDenominatorGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness + 0.35 * y_depth end local dim = "FractionNumeratorDisplayStyleShiftUp" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_8 end local dim = "FractionNumeratorShiftUp" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_9 end local dim = "FractionNumeratorDisplayStyleGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end local dim = "FractionNumeratorGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end % \end{macrocode} % The |SkewedFractionHorizontalGap| and |SkewedFractionVerticalGap| take the values that Lua\TeX would set for a traditional \TeX\ font. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "SkewedFractionHorizontalGap" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 0.5 * em end local dim = "SkewedFractionVerticalGap" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = ex end % \end{macrocode} % The |UpperLimit| and |LowerLimit| dimensions correspond exactly to traditional \TeX\ math |\fontdimen| parameters. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "UpperLimitBaselineRiseMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = xi_11 end local dim = "UpperLimitGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = xi_9 end local dim = "LowerLimitBaselineDropMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = xi_12 end local dim = "LowerLimitGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = xi_10 end % \end{macrocode} % Traditional \TeX\ doesn't have stack objects, but they are meant to be similar to large operators, so we set the same parameters. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "StretchStackGapBelowMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = xi_10 end local dim = "StretchStackTopShiftUp" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = xi_11 end local dim = "StretchStackGapAboveMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = xi_9 end local dim = "StretchStackBottomShiftDown" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = xi_12 end % \end{macrocode} % For the three |Overbar| parameters, we take the approach that the bar itself should be as thick as the rule height. The gap will be twice the rule height, and the extra clearance will be a single rule height. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "OverbarExtraAscender" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end local dim = "OverbarRuleThickness" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end local dim = "OverbarVerticalGap" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 2 * rule_thickness end % \end{macrocode} % For the radical sign, we take the same approach as with the |Overbar| parameters. We insert one rule thickness of extra space above the radical symbol and two rule thickness of extra space under it. For |\textstyle| and smaller, we reduce the space to a single rule height. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "RadicalExtraAscender" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end local dim = "RadicalRuleThickness" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end local dim = "RadicalDisplayStyleVerticalGap" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 2 * rule_thickness end local dim = "RadicalVerticalGap" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end % \end{macrocode} % The final three |Radical| parameters aren't used if we handle degree placement at the macro level rather than at the font level. We set them to the default values that Lua\TeX\ uses for traditional tfm fonts. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "RadicalKernBeforeDegree" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = (5/18) * em end local dim = "RadicalKernAfterDegree" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = (10/18) * em end local dim = "RadicalDegreeBottomRaisePercent" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 60 end % \end{macrocode} % The |SpaceAfterShift| is a design choice. Somewhat arbitrary. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "SpaceAfterScript" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 0.1 * em end % \end{macrocode} % The |Stack| parameters come from their traditional |\fontdimen| analogues. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "StackBottomDisplayStyleShiftDown" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_11 end local dim = "StackBottomShiftDown" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_12 end local dim = "StackTopDisplayStyleShiftUp" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_8 end local dim = "StackTopShiftUp" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_10 end % \end{macrocode} % Traditionally \TeX\ uses an internal method rather than a parameter to determine the minimum distance between two boxes in an |\atop| stack. We set the minimum distance to be one rule thickness plus the combined minimum clearance for numerators and denominators in fractions. For |\displaystyle|, that gives us % \[ % |rule_thickness|+(2*|rule_thickness|)+(2*|rule_thickness|+0.5*|y_depth|) % \] % For smaller styles, we use single rule height values and scale down the |y_depth| by 0.7. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "StackDisplayStyleGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 5 * rule_thickness + 0.5 * y_depth end local dim = "StackGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 3 * rule_thickness + 0.35 * y_depth end % \end{macrocode} % With three exceptions, superscript and subscript parameters come from traditional \TeX\ dimensions. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "SubscriptShiftDown" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_16 end local dim = "SubscriptBaselineDropMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_19 end local dim = "SubscriptShiftDownWithSuperscript" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_17 end % \end{macrocode} % The top of a subscript should be less than half the A-height. This is a somewhat arbitrary design choice. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "SubscriptTopMax" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 0.5 * A_height end % \end{macrocode} % The minimum gap between superscripts and subscripts will be the height of the rule. This is less space than \TeX\ traditionally allocates. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "SubSuperscriptGapMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end % \end{macrocode} % We set the minimum height for the bottom of a subscript to be the height of a superscript in cramped styles minus the depth of a possible descender. Theoretically this is the lowest that any portion of a superscript should ever be if it contains only text. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "SuperscriptBottomMin" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_15 - 0.7 * y_depth end local dim = "SuperscriptBaselineDropMax" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_18 end local dim = "SuperscriptShiftUp" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_13 end local dim = "SuperscriptShiftUpCramped" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = sigma_15 end % \end{macrocode} % If the superscript and subscript overlap, we choose the new position such that the baselines of subscripts are roughly consistent across subformulas. In this case, the bottom of the superscript box will rise at most to the point such that a subscript containing only text at 70\% of the next-larger style will align with all similar subscripts. The top of the subscript will have approximate height $-\sigma_{16}+0.7*|A_height|$ above the baseline, so to find our desired position for the bottom of the superscript, we add the minimum clearance of a single rule thickness. Putting this parameter in terms of the subscript sizing is necessary because we don't know how large the descender will be in a given subscript. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "SuperscriptBottomMaxWithSubscript" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = -sigma_16 + 0.7 * A_height + rule_thickness end % \end{macrocode} % As with the |Overbar| parameters, we set the extra clearance to be the rule height and the gap to be twice the rule height. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "UnderbarExtraDescender" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end local dim = "UnderbarRuleThickness" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = rule_thickness end local dim = "UnderbarVerticalGap" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 2 * rule_thickness end % \end{macrocode} % No reason not to set |MinConnectorOverlap| to 0. It doesn't matter for our purposes because \textsf{mathfont} doesn't use extensibles. % \begin{macrocode} local dim = "MinConnectorOverlap" if not fontdata.MathConstants[dim] then fontdata.MathConstants[dim] = 0 end end % \end{macrocode} % Time for callbacks! We create six of them. % \begin{macrocode} luatexbase.create_callback("mathfont.inspect_font", "simple", mathfont.empty) luatexbase.create_callback("mathfont.pre_adjust", "simple", mathfont.empty) luatexbase.create_callback("mathfont.disable_nomath", "simple", mathfont.set_nomath_true) luatexbase.create_callback("mathfont.add_math_constants", "simple", mathfont.math_constants) luatexbase.create_callback("mathfont.fix_character_metrics", "simple", mathfont.apply_charm_info) luatexbase.create_callback("mathfont.post_adjust", "simple", mathfont.empty) % \end{macrocode} % The functions |mathfont.info| and |mathfont.get_font_name| are used for informational messaging. The first prints a message in the |log| file, and the second returns a font name. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.info(msg) texio.write_nl("log", "Package mathfont Info: " .. msg) end function mathfont.get_font_name(fontdata) return fontdata.fullname or fontdata.psname or fontdata.name or "" end % \end{macrocode} % The |adjust_font| function is what we will actually be adding to |luaotfload.patch_font|. This function calls the six callbacks at appropriate times and writes informational messages in the |log| file. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont.adjust_font(fontdata) luatexbase.call_callback("mathfont.inspect_font", fontdata) if fontdata.nomath then mathfont.info("Adjusting font " .. mathfont.get_font_name(fontdata) .. ".") luatexbase.call_callback("mathfont.pre_adjust", fontdata) luatexbase.call_callback("mathfont.disable_nomath", fontdata) luatexbase.call_callback("mathfont.add_math_constants", fontdata) luatexbase.call_callback("mathfont.fix_character_metrics", fontdata) luatexbase.call_callback("mathfont.post_adjust", fontdata) else mathfont.info("No changes made to " .. mathfont.get_font_name(fontdata) .. ".") end end % \end{macrocode} % Finally, add the processing function to \textsf{luaotfload}'s |patch_font| callback. % \begin{macrocode} luatexbase.add_to_callback("luaotfload.patch_font", mathfont.adjust_font, "mathfont.adjust_font") % \end{macrocode} % % % \section{Adjust Fonts: Metrics} % % % % % This section contains the default charm information for the characters that \textsf{mathfont} adjusts upon loading a font. We will make new variants in the private use area of the font. Lower-case Latin letters will fill unicode slots U+FF000 through U+FF021, which are located in the Supplemental Private Use Area-A portion of the unicode table. % \begin{macrocode} mathfont:new_type_a(97, 1044480, {50, 50, -50, 0}) % a mathfont:new_type_a(98, 1044481, {50, 50, -50, 0}) % b mathfont:new_type_a(99, 1044482, {50, 50, 0, 0}) % c mathfont:new_type_a(100, 1044483, {50, -50, -50, 0}) % d mathfont:new_type_a(101, 1044484, {50, 50, 0, 0}) % e mathfont:new_type_a(102, 1044485, {200, 0, 0, 0}) % f mathfont:new_type_a(103, 1044486, {100, 50, -50, 0}) % g mathfont:new_type_a(104, 1044487, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % h mathfont:new_type_a(105, 1044488, {50, 100, -100, 0}) % i mathfont:new_type_a(106, 1044489, {400, 50, -50, 0}) % j mathfont:new_type_a(107, 1044490, {50, 50, -100, 0}) % k mathfont:new_type_a(108, 1044491, {100, 150, -100, 0}) % l mathfont:new_type_a(109, 1044492, {50, 0, 0, 0}) % m mathfont:new_type_a(110, 1044493, {50, 0, 0, 0}) % n mathfont:new_type_a(111, 1044494, {50, 0, 0, 0}) % o mathfont:new_type_a(112, 1044495, {200, 50, -50, 0}) % p mathfont:new_type_a(113, 1044496, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % q mathfont:new_type_a(114, 1044497, {100, 100, -50, 0}) % r mathfont:new_type_a(115, 1044498, {50, 50, -50, 0}) % s mathfont:new_type_a(116, 1044499, {50, 50, -50, 0}) % t mathfont:new_type_a(117, 1044500, {0, 50, 0, 0}) % u mathfont:new_type_a(118, 1044501, {0, 50, -50, 0}) % v mathfont:new_type_a(119, 1044502, {0, 50, 0, 0}) % w mathfont:new_type_a(120, 1044503, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % x mathfont:new_type_a(121, 1044504, {150, 50, -50, 0}) % y mathfont:new_type_a(122, 1044505, {100, 50, -100, 0}) % z mathfont:new_type_a(305, 1044506, {100, 100, -150, 0}) % \imath mathfont:new_type_a(567, 1044507, {700, 50, -150, 0}) % \jmath % \end{macrocode} % Capital Latin letters will fill unicode slots U+FF020 through U+FF039. % \begin{macrocode} mathfont:new_type_a(65, 1044512, {50, 0, 150, 0}) % A mathfont:new_type_a(66, 1044513, {50, 0, 0, 0}) % B mathfont:new_type_a(67, 1044514, {0, 0, 0, 0}) % C mathfont:new_type_a(68, 1044515, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % D mathfont:new_type_a(69, 1044516, {50, 0, 0, 0}) % E mathfont:new_type_a(70, 1044517, {50, 0, 0, 0}) % F mathfont:new_type_a(71, 1044518, {0, 0, 0, 0}) % G mathfont:new_type_a(72, 1044519, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % H mathfont:new_type_a(73, 1044520, {100, 0, 0, 0}) % I mathfont:new_type_a(74, 1044521, {50, 0, 100, 0}) % J mathfont:new_type_a(75, 1044522, {50, 0, 0, 0}) % K mathfont:new_type_a(76, 1044523, {50, 0, -180, 0}) % L mathfont:new_type_a(77, 1044524, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % M mathfont:new_type_a(78, 1044525, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % N mathfont:new_type_a(79, 1044526, {0, 0, 0, 0}) % O mathfont:new_type_a(80, 1044527, {0, 0, -50, 0}) % P mathfont:new_type_a(81, 1044528, {0, 50, 0, 0}) % Q mathfont:new_type_a(82, 1044529, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % R mathfont:new_type_a(83, 1044530, {0, 0, -50, 0}) % S mathfont:new_type_a(84, 1044531, {0, 0, -50, 0}) % T mathfont:new_type_a(85, 1044532, {0, 0, -50, 0}) % U mathfont:new_type_a(86, 1044533, {0, 50, 0, 0}) % V mathfont:new_type_a(87, 1044534, {0, 50, -50, 0}) % W mathfont:new_type_a(88, 1044535, {50, 0, 0, 0}) % X mathfont:new_type_a(89, 1044536, {0, 0, -50, 0}) % Y mathfont:new_type_a(90, 1044537, {50, 0, -50, 0}) % Z % \end{macrocode} % The Greek characters will be type |u|, so we don't need extra unicode slots for them. In future editions of \textsf{mathfont}, they may becoeme type |a| with adjusted bounding boxes, but I don't have immediate plans for such a change. % \begin{macrocode} mathfont:new_type_u(945, {0, 0}) % \alpha mathfont:new_type_u(946, {0, 0}) % \beta mathfont:new_type_u(947, {-50, 0}) % \gamma mathfont:new_type_u(948, {0, 0}) % \delta mathfont:new_type_u(1013, {50, 0}) % \epsilon mathfont:new_type_u(950, {0, 0}) % \zeta mathfont:new_type_u(951, {-50, 0}) % \eta mathfont:new_type_u(952, {0, 0}) % \theta mathfont:new_type_u(953, {-50, 0}) % \iota mathfont:new_type_u(954, {0, 0}) % \kappa mathfont:new_type_u(955, {-150, 0}) % lambda mathfont:new_type_u(956, {0, 0}) % \mu mathfont:new_type_u(957, {-50, 0}) % \nu mathfont:new_type_u(958, {0, 0}) % \xi mathfont:new_type_u(959, {0, 0}) % \omicron mathfont:new_type_u(960, {-100, 0}) % \pi mathfont:new_type_u(961, {-50, 0}) % \rho mathfont:new_type_u(963, {-100, 0}) % \sigma mathfont:new_type_u(964, {-100, 0}) % \tau mathfont:new_type_u(965, {-50, 0}) % \upsilon mathfont:new_type_u(981, {0, 0}) % \phi mathfont:new_type_u(967, {-50, 0}) % \chi mathfont:new_type_u(968, {-50, 0}) % \psi mathfont:new_type_u(969, {0, 0}) % \omega mathfont:new_type_u(976, {0, 0}) % \varbeta mathfont:new_type_u(949, {-50, 0}) % \varepsilon mathfont:new_type_u(977, {50, 0}) % \vartheta mathfont:new_type_u(1009, {-50, 0}) % \varrho mathfont:new_type_u(962, {-50, 0}) % \varsigma mathfont:new_type_u(966, {0, 0}) % \varphi % \end{macrocode} % Capital Greek characters. Same as previously. % \begin{macrocode} mathfont:new_type_u(913, {0, 0}) % \Alpha mathfont:new_type_u(914, {0, 0}) % \Beta mathfont:new_type_u(915, {0, 0}) % \Gamma mathfont:new_type_u(916, {0, 0}) % \Delta mathfont:new_type_u(917, {0, 0}) % \Epsilon mathfont:new_type_u(918, {0, 0}) % \Zeta mathfont:new_type_u(919, {0, 0}) % \Eta mathfont:new_type_u(920, {0, 0}) % \Theta mathfont:new_type_u(921, {0, 0}) % \Iota mathfont:new_type_u(922, {0, 0}) % \Kappa mathfont:new_type_u(923, {0, 0}) % \Lambda mathfont:new_type_u(924, {0, 0}) % \Mu mathfont:new_type_u(925, {0, 0}) % \Nu mathfont:new_type_u(926, {0, 0}) % \Xi mathfont:new_type_u(927, {0, 0}) % \Omicron mathfont:new_type_u(928, {0, 0}) % \Pi mathfont:new_type_u(929, {0, 0}) % \Rho mathfont:new_type_u(931, {0, 0}) % \Sigma mathfont:new_type_u(932, {0, 0}) % \Tau mathfont:new_type_u(933, {0, 0}) % \Upsilon mathfont:new_type_u(934, {0, 0}) % \Phi mathfont:new_type_u(935, {0, 0}) % \Chi mathfont:new_type_u(936, {0, 0}) % \Psi mathfont:new_type_u(937, {0, 0}) % \Omega mathfont:new_type_u(1012, {0, 0}) % \varTheta % \end{macrocode} % We add the charm information for delimiters and other resizable characters. We divide the characters into four categories depending on how we want to magnify the base glyph to create large variants: delimiters, big operators, vertical characters, and the integral sign. We automate the process by putting charm information for each category of character into a separate table and feeding the whole thing to a wrapper around |:new_type_e|. % \begin{macrocode} local delim_glyphs = {40, % ( 41, % ) 47, % / 91, % [ 92, % \ 93, % ] 123, % { 125, % } 8249, % \lguil 8250, % \rguil 171, % \llguil 187, % \rrguil 1044508, % \fakelangle 1044509, % \fakerangle 1044510, % \fakellangle 1044511} % \fakerrangle local big_op_glyphs = {33, % ! 35, % # 36, % $ 37, % % 38, % & 43, % + 63, % ? 64, % @ 167, % \S 215, % \times 247, % \div 8719, % \prod 8721, % \sum 8720, % \coprod 8897, % \bigvee 8896, % \bigwedge 8899, % \bigcup 8898, % \bigcap 10753, % \bigoplus 10754, % \bigotimes 10752, % \bigodot 10757, % \bigsqcap 10758} % \bigsqcup local vert_glyphs = {124, 8730} % | and \surd local int_glyphs = {8747, % \intop 8748, % \iint 8749, % \iiint 8750, % \oint 8751, % \oiint 8752} % \oiiint % \end{macrocode} % The variable |smash| will keep track of the unicode index used to store the smashed version of the character. % \begin{macrocode} local smash = 1044544 % \end{macrocode} % Each category of type |e| character will have its own table of charm information with different magnification values. each table is initially empty. % \begin{macrocode} local delim_scale = {} local big_op_scale = {} local vert_scale = {} local int_scale = {} % \end{macrocode} % Populate each table with magnification information. For every type |e| character we will create fifteen larger variants in the font. Delimiters stretch mostly vertically and some horzontally. Vertical characters stretch vertically only, so their horizontal scale factors are all constant. Big operators stretch the same in vertical and horizoontal directions. % \begin{macrocode} for i = 1, 15, 1 do delim_scale[2*i-1] = 1000 + 100*i % horizontal - delimiters delim_scale[2*i] = 1000 + 500*i % vertical - delimiters vert_scale[2*i-1] = 1000 vert_scale[2*i] = 1000 + 500*i % vertical - vertically scaled chars big_op_scale[2*i-1] = 1000 + 100*i % horizontal - big operators big_op_scale[2*i] = 1000 + 100*i % vertical - big operators % \end{macrocode} % The integral sign is particular. Visually, we would like an integral symbol that is larger than the large operators, which means that the integral sign should have no variants between the font's value of |\Umathoperatorsize| and the desired larger size. Accordingly, I decided it would be easiest to have large variants of the integral sign jump by large enough scale factors that the smallest variant larger than the regular size is already significantly larger than the |\Umathoperatorsize| setting in |populate_math_constants|. Effectively this means that the user should take the size of the integral operator as fixed and should set |\Umathoperatorsize| to make all other big operators the desired size. % \begin{macrocode} int_scale[2*i-1] = 1000 + 500*i % horizontal - integral sign int_scale[2*i] = 1000 + 1500*i % vertical - integral sign end % \end{macrocode} % We do not modify accent placement. % \begin{macrocode} delim_scale[31] = 0 delim_scale[32] = 0 big_op_scale[31] = 0 big_op_scale[32] = 0 vert_scale[31] = 0 vert_scale[32] = 0 int_scale[31] = 0 int_scale[32] = 0 % \end{macrocode} % The wrapper for |:new_type_e|. We feed it the index to use for the smashed base character, a list of characters to create charm information for, and a table of scaling information. % \begin{macrocode} function mathfont:add_extensible_variants(first_smash, glyph_list, scale_list) local variants = (\string# scale_list - 2) / 2 local curr_smash = first_smash for i = 1, \string# glyph_list, 1 do local curr_char = glyph_list[i] % \end{macrocode} % The |curr_slots| list will hold the base-10 unicode index values of each larger variant of the base character. We will take a number of unicode slots following the smashed character equal to the number of large variants we want to create, which we stored in |variants|. % \begin{macrocode} local curr_slots = {} for j = 1, variants, 1 do curr_slots[j] = curr_smash + j end % \end{macrocode} % Add the charm information and increment |smash|. % \begin{macrocode} self:new_type_e(curr_char, curr_smash, curr_slots, scale_list) smash = smash + variants + 1 curr_smash = smash end end % \end{macrocode} % Add the charm information for the type |e| characters. % \begin{macrocode} mathfont:add_extensible_variants(smash, delim_glyphs, delim_scale) mathfont:add_extensible_variants(smash, big_op_glyphs, big_op_scale) mathfont:add_extensible_variants(smash, vert_glyphs, vert_scale) mathfont:add_extensible_variants(smash, int_glyphs, int_scale) % \end{macrocode} % Finally, end the call to |\directlua| and balance the preceeding conditional. % \begin{macrocode} } \fi % matches previous \ifM@adjust@font % \end{macrocode} % % % % \section{Unicode Hex Values} % % % % Set upper-case Latin characters. We use an |\edef| for |\M@upper@font| because % every expansion now will save \LaTeX\ twenty-six expansions later when it % evaluates each |\DeclareMathSymbol|. If the user has enabled Lua font adjustments, we set the math codes to be the large values from the Supplemental Private Use Area-A.\indexpage{keywordupper=keyword \texttt{upper}}% % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \def\M@upper@set{% \edef\M@upper@font{M\M@uppershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{A}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044512} \DeclareMathSymbol{B}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044513} \DeclareMathSymbol{C}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044514} \DeclareMathSymbol{D}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044515} \DeclareMathSymbol{E}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044516} \DeclareMathSymbol{F}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044517} \DeclareMathSymbol{G}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044518} \DeclareMathSymbol{H}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044519} \DeclareMathSymbol{I}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044520} \DeclareMathSymbol{J}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044521} \DeclareMathSymbol{K}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044522} \DeclareMathSymbol{L}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044523} \DeclareMathSymbol{M}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044524} \DeclareMathSymbol{N}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044525} \DeclareMathSymbol{O}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044526} \DeclareMathSymbol{P}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044527} \DeclareMathSymbol{Q}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044528} \DeclareMathSymbol{R}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044529} \DeclareMathSymbol{S}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044530} \DeclareMathSymbol{T}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044531} \DeclareMathSymbol{U}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044532} \DeclareMathSymbol{V}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044533} \DeclareMathSymbol{W}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044534} \DeclareMathSymbol{X}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044535} \DeclareMathSymbol{Y}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044536} \DeclareMathSymbol{Z}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{1044537}} \else \def\M@upper@set{% \edef\M@upper@font{M\M@uppershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{A}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`A} \DeclareMathSymbol{B}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`B} \DeclareMathSymbol{C}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`C} \DeclareMathSymbol{D}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`D} \DeclareMathSymbol{E}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`E} \DeclareMathSymbol{F}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`F} \DeclareMathSymbol{G}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`G} \DeclareMathSymbol{H}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`H} \DeclareMathSymbol{I}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`I} \DeclareMathSymbol{J}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`J} \DeclareMathSymbol{K}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`K} \DeclareMathSymbol{L}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`L} \DeclareMathSymbol{M}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`M} \DeclareMathSymbol{N}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`N} \DeclareMathSymbol{O}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`O} \DeclareMathSymbol{P}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`P} \DeclareMathSymbol{Q}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`Q} \DeclareMathSymbol{R}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`R} \DeclareMathSymbol{S}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`S} \DeclareMathSymbol{T}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`T} \DeclareMathSymbol{U}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`U} \DeclareMathSymbol{V}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`V} \DeclareMathSymbol{W}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`W} \DeclareMathSymbol{X}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`X} \DeclareMathSymbol{Y}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`Y} \DeclareMathSymbol{Z}{\mathalpha}{\M@upper@font}{`Z}} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Set lower-case Latin characters.\indexpage{keywordlower=keyword \texttt{lower}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \def\M@lower@set{% \edef\M@lower@font{M\M@lowershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{a}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044480} \DeclareMathSymbol{b}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044481} \DeclareMathSymbol{c}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044482} \DeclareMathSymbol{d}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044483} \DeclareMathSymbol{e}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044484} \DeclareMathSymbol{f}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044485} \DeclareMathSymbol{g}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044486} \DeclareMathSymbol{h}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044487} \DeclareMathSymbol{i}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044488} \DeclareMathSymbol{j}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044489} \DeclareMathSymbol{k}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044490} \DeclareMathSymbol{l}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044491} \DeclareMathSymbol{m}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044492} \DeclareMathSymbol{n}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044493} \DeclareMathSymbol{o}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044494} \DeclareMathSymbol{p}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044495} \DeclareMathSymbol{q}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044496} \DeclareMathSymbol{r}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044497} \DeclareMathSymbol{s}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044498} \DeclareMathSymbol{t}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044499} \DeclareMathSymbol{u}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044500} \DeclareMathSymbol{v}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044501} \DeclareMathSymbol{w}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044502} \DeclareMathSymbol{x}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044503} \DeclareMathSymbol{y}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044504} \DeclareMathSymbol{z}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044505} \DeclareMathSymbol{\imath}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044506} \DeclareMathSymbol{\jmath}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{1044507} \DeclareMathSymbol{\hbar}{\mathord}{\M@lower@font}{"127}} \else \def\M@lower@set{% \edef\M@lower@font{M\M@lowershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{a}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`a} \DeclareMathSymbol{b}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`b} \DeclareMathSymbol{c}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`c} \DeclareMathSymbol{d}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`d} \DeclareMathSymbol{e}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`e} \DeclareMathSymbol{f}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`f} \DeclareMathSymbol{g}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`g} \DeclareMathSymbol{h}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`h} \DeclareMathSymbol{i}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`i} \DeclareMathSymbol{j}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`j} \DeclareMathSymbol{k}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`k} \DeclareMathSymbol{l}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`l} \DeclareMathSymbol{m}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`m} \DeclareMathSymbol{n}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`n} \DeclareMathSymbol{o}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`o} \DeclareMathSymbol{p}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`p} \DeclareMathSymbol{q}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`q} \DeclareMathSymbol{r}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`r} \DeclareMathSymbol{s}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`s} \DeclareMathSymbol{t}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`t} \DeclareMathSymbol{u}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`u} \DeclareMathSymbol{v}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`v} \DeclareMathSymbol{w}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`w} \DeclareMathSymbol{x}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`x} \DeclareMathSymbol{y}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`y} \DeclareMathSymbol{z}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{`z} \DeclareMathSymbol{\imath}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{"131} \DeclareMathSymbol{\jmath}{\mathalpha}{\M@lower@font}{"237} \DeclareMathSymbol{\hbar}{\mathord}{\M@lower@font}{"127}} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Set diacritics.\indexpage{keyworddiacritics=keyword \texttt{diacritics}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@diacritics@set{% \edef\M@diacritics@font{M\M@diacriticsshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathAccent{\acute}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"B4} \DeclareMathAccent{\aacute}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"2DD} \DeclareMathAccent{\dot}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"2D9} \DeclareMathAccent{\ddot}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"A8} \DeclareMathAccent{\grave}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"60} \DeclareMathAccent{\breve}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"2D8} \DeclareMathAccent{\hat}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"2C6} \DeclareMathAccent{\check}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"2C7} \DeclareMathAccent{\bar}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"2C9} \DeclareMathAccent{\mathring}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"2DA} \DeclareMathAccent{\tilde}{\mathalpha}{\M@diacritics@font}{"2DC}} % \end{macrocode} % Set capital Greek characters.\indexpage{keywordgreeklower=keyword \texttt{greekupper}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@greekupper@set{% \edef\M@greekupper@font{M\M@greekuppershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Alpha}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"391} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Beta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"392} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Gamma}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"393} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Delta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"394} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Epsilon}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"395} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Zeta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"396} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Eta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"397} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Theta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"398} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Iota}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"399} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Kappa}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"39A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Lambda}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"39B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Mu}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"39C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Nu}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"39D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Xi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"39E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Omicron}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"39F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Pi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Rho}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Sigma}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Tau}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Upsilon}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Phi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Chi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Psi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Omega}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3A9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varTheta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greekupper@font}{"3F4} % \end{macrocode} % Declare |\increment| and |\nabla| if they haven't already been declared in the |symbols| or |extsymbols| fonts. % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \ifM@symbols\else \DeclareMathSymbol{\increment}{\mathord}{\M@greekupper@font}{"2206} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nabla}{\mathord}{\M@greekupper@font}{"2207} \fi \else \ifM@symbols\else \DeclareMathSymbol{\increment}{\mathord}{\M@greekupper@font}{"2206} \fi \ifM@extsymbols\else \DeclareMathSymbol{\nabla}{\mathord}{\M@greekupper@font}{"2207} \fi \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Set minuscule Greek characters.\indexpage{keywordgreeklower=keyword \texttt{greeklower}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@greeklower@set{% \edef\M@greeklower@font{M\M@greeklowershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\alpha}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\beta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gamma}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\delta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\epsilon}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\zeta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\eta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\theta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\iota}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3B9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\kappa}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3BA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lambda}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3BB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mu}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3BC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nu}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3BD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\xi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3BE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\omicron}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3BF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\pi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rho}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sigma}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\tau}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\upsilon}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\phi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\chi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\psi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\omega}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varbeta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3D0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varepsilon}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3F5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varkappa}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3F0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\vartheta}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3D1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varrho}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3F1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varsigma}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3C2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varphi}{\mathalpha}{\M@greeklower@font}{"3D5}} % \end{macrocode} % Set capital ancient Greek characters.\indexpage{keywordagreekupper=keyword \texttt{agreekupper}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@agreekupper@set{% \edef\M@agreekupper@font{M\M@agreekuppershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Heta}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"370} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Sampi}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"3E0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Digamma}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"3DC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Koppa}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"3D8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Stigma}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"3DA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Sho}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"3F7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\San}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"3FA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varSampi}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"372} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varDigamma}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"376} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varKoppa}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreekupper@font}{"3DE}} % \end{macrocode} % Set minuscule ancient Greek characters.\indexpage{keywordagreeklower=keyword \texttt{agreeklower}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@agreeklower@set{% \edef\M@agreeklower@font{M\M@agreeklowershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\heta}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"371} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sampi}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"3E1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\digamma}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"3DD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\koppa}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"3D9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\stigma}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"3DB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sho}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"3F8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\san}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"3FB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varsampi}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"373} \DeclareMathSymbol{\vardigamma}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"377} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varkoppa}{\mathalpha}{\M@agreeklower@font}{"3DF}} % \end{macrocode} % Set capital Cyrillic characters.\indexpage{keywordcyrillicupper=keyword \texttt{cyrillicupper}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@cyrillicupper@set{% \edef\M@cyrillicupper@font{M\M@cyrillicuppershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrA}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"410} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrBe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"411} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrVe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"412} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrGhe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"413} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrDe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"414} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrIe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"415} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrZhe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"416} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrZe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"417} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrI}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"418} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrKa}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"41A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrEl}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"41B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrEm}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"41C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrEn}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"41D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrO}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"41E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrPe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"41F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrEr}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"420} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrEs}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"421} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrTe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"422} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrU}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"423} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrEf}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"424} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrHa}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"425} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrTse}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"426} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrChe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"427} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrSha}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"428} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrShcha}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"429} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrHard}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"42A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrYeru}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"42B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrSoft}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"42C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrE}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"42D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrYu}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"42E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrYa}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"42F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrvarI}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrillicupper@font}{"419}} % \end{macrocode} % Set minuscule Cyrillic characters.\indexpage{keywordcyrilliclower=keyword \texttt{cyrilliclower}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@cyrilliclower@set{% \edef\M@cyrilliclower@font{M\M@cyrilliclowershape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyra}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"430} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrbe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"431} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrve}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"432} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrghe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"433} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrde}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"434} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrie}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"435} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrzhe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"436} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrze}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"437} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyri}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"438} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrka}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"43A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrel}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"43B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrem}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"43C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyren}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"43D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyro}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"43E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrpe}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"43F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrer}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"440} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyres}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"441} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrte}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"442} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyru}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"443} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyref}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"444} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrha}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"445} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrtse}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"446} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrche}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"447} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrsha}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"448} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrshcha}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"449} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrhard}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"44A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyryeru}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"44B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrsoft}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"44C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyre}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"44D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyryu}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"44E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrya}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"44F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cyrvari}{\mathalpha}{\M@cyrilliclower@font}{"439}} % \end{macrocode} % Set Hebrew characters.\indexpage{keywordhebrew=keyword \texttt{hebrew}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@hebrew@set{% \edef\M@hebrew@font{M\M@hebrewshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\aleph}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\beth}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gimel}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\daleth}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\he}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\vav}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\zayin}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\het}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\tet}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\yod}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5D9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\kaf}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5DB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lamed}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5DC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mem}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5DE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nun}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\samekh}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ayin}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\pe}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\tsadi}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\qof}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\resh}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\shin}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\tav}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5EA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varkaf}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5DA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varmem}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5DD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varnun}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5DF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varpe}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\vartsadi}{\mathalpha}{\M@hebrew@font}{"5E5}} % \end{macrocode} % Set digits.\indexpage{keyworddigits=keyword \texttt{digits}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@digits@set{% \edef\M@digits@font{M\M@digitsshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{0}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`0} \DeclareMathSymbol{1}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`1} \DeclareMathSymbol{2}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`2} \DeclareMathSymbol{3}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`3} \DeclareMathSymbol{4}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`4} \DeclareMathSymbol{5}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`5} \DeclareMathSymbol{6}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`6} \DeclareMathSymbol{7}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`7} \DeclareMathSymbol{8}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`8} \DeclareMathSymbol{9}{\mathalpha}{\M@digits@font}{`9}} % \end{macrocode} % Set new operator font.\indexpage{keywordoperator=keyword \texttt{operator}} % If \textsf{mathfont} is set to adjust fonts, we will have a problem when typesetting operators because the |\operator@font| will pull modified (lengthened) letters from the operator font. Traditional \TeX\ addressed this problem by storing the Latin letters for math in the same endoding slots but in a different font from Computer Modern Roman and switching to Computer Modern Roman. Here we want to use the same font but different encoding slots. The macro |\M@default@latin| changes all |\Umathcode|s of Latin letters from their big (lengthened) values to their original values. Because |\operator@font| is always called inside a group, we don't have to worry about messing up any other math. % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@operator@set{% \ifM@adjust@font \edef\M@operator@num{\number\csname symM\M@operatorshape\@tempa\endcsname} \def\M@default@latin@operator{% \Umathcode`A=7+\M@operator@num+`A\relax \Umathcode`B=7+\M@operator@num+`B\relax \Umathcode`C=7+\M@operator@num+`C\relax \Umathcode`D=7+\M@operator@num+`D\relax \Umathcode`E=7+\M@operator@num+`E\relax \Umathcode`F=7+\M@operator@num+`F\relax \Umathcode`G=7+\M@operator@num+`G\relax \Umathcode`H=7+\M@operator@num+`H\relax \Umathcode`I=7+\M@operator@num+`I\relax \Umathcode`J=7+\M@operator@num+`J\relax \Umathcode`K=7+\M@operator@num+`K\relax \Umathcode`L=7+\M@operator@num+`L\relax \Umathcode`M=7+\M@operator@num+`M\relax \Umathcode`N=7+\M@operator@num+`N\relax \Umathcode`O=7+\M@operator@num+`O\relax \Umathcode`P=7+\M@operator@num+`P\relax \Umathcode`Q=7+\M@operator@num+`Q\relax \Umathcode`R=7+\M@operator@num+`R\relax \Umathcode`S=7+\M@operator@num+`S\relax \Umathcode`T=7+\M@operator@num+`T\relax \Umathcode`U=7+\M@operator@num+`U\relax \Umathcode`V=7+\M@operator@num+`V\relax \Umathcode`W=7+\M@operator@num+`W\relax \Umathcode`X=7+\M@operator@num+`X\relax \Umathcode`Y=7+\M@operator@num+`Y\relax \Umathcode`Z=7+\M@operator@num+`Z\relax \Umathcode`a=7+\M@operator@num+`a\relax \Umathcode`b=7+\M@operator@num+`b\relax \Umathcode`c=7+\M@operator@num+`c\relax \Umathcode`d=7+\M@operator@num+`d\relax \Umathcode`e=7+\M@operator@num+`e\relax \Umathcode`f=7+\M@operator@num+`f\relax \Umathcode`g=7+\M@operator@num+`g\relax \Umathcode`h=7+\M@operator@num+`h\relax \Umathcode`i=7+\M@operator@num+`i\relax \Umathcode`j=7+\M@operator@num+`j\relax \Umathcode`k=7+\M@operator@num+`k\relax \Umathcode`l=7+\M@operator@num+`l\relax \Umathcode`m=7+\M@operator@num+`m\relax \Umathcode`n=7+\M@operator@num+`n\relax \Umathcode`o=7+\M@operator@num+`o\relax \Umathcode`p=7+\M@operator@num+`p\relax \Umathcode`q=7+\M@operator@num+`q\relax \Umathcode`r=7+\M@operator@num+`r\relax \Umathcode`s=7+\M@operator@num+`s\relax \Umathcode`t=7+\M@operator@num+`t\relax \Umathcode`u=7+\M@operator@num+`u\relax \Umathcode`v=7+\M@operator@num+`v\relax \Umathcode`w=7+\M@operator@num+`w\relax \Umathcode`x=7+\M@operator@num+`x\relax \Umathcode`y=7+\M@operator@num+`y\relax \Umathcode`z=7+\M@operator@num+`z\relax \Umathchardef\imath=7+\M@operator@num+1044506\relax \Umathchardef\jmath=7+\M@operator@num+1044500\relax} \else \let\M@default@latin@operator\@empty \fi % \end{macrocode} % Then we change the |\operator@font| definition and if necessary change the math codes. % \begin{macrocode} \xdef\operator@font{\noexpand\mathgroup \csname symM\M@operatorshape\@tempa\endcsname\M@default@latin@operator}} % \end{macrocode} % Set delimiters.\indexpage{keyworddelimiters=keyword \texttt{delimiters}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \def\M@delimiters@set{% \edef\M@delimiters@font{M\M@delimitersshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{(}{\mathopen}{\M@delimiters@font}{"28} \DeclareMathSymbol{)}{\mathclose}{\M@delimiters@font}{"29} \DeclareMathSymbol{[}{\mathopen}{\M@delimiters@font}{"5B} \DeclareMathSymbol{]}{\mathclose}{\M@delimiters@font}{"5D} \ifM@symbols\else \DeclareMathSymbol{|}{\mathord}{\M@delimiters@font}{"7C} \fi \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftbrace}{\mathopen}{\M@delimiters@font}{"7B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightbrace}{\mathclose}{\M@delimiters@font}{"7D} \global\Udelcode40=+\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname+40\relax % ( \global\Udelcode41=+\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname+41\relax % ) \global\Udelcode47=+\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname+47\relax % / \global\Udelcode91=+\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname+91\relax % [ \global\Udelcode93=+\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname+93\relax % ] \global\Udelcode124=+\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname+124\relax % | \global\let\vert=| \protected\gdef\backslash{\ifmmode\mathbackslash\else\textbackslash\fi} \protected\xdef\mathbackslash{% \Udelimiter+2+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +92\relax} % \ \protected\xdef\lbrace{% \Udelimiter+4+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +123\relax} % { \protected\xdef\rbrace{% \Udelimiter+5+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +125\relax} % } \protected\xdef\lguil{% \Udelimiter+4+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +8249\relax} % single left guilement \protected\xdef\rguil{% \Udelimiter+5+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +8250\relax} % single right guilement \protected\xdef\llguil{% \Udelimiter+4+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +171\relax} % double left guilement \protected\xdef\rrguil{% \Udelimiter+5+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +187\relax} % double right guilement \protected\xdef\fakelangle{% \Udelimiter+4+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +1044508\relax} % fake left angle \protected\xdef\fakerangle{% \Udelimiter+5+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +1044509\relax} % fake right angle \protected\xdef\fakellangle{% \Udelimiter+4+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +1044510\relax} % fake double left angle \protected\xdef\fakerrangle{% \Udelimiter+5+\number\csname sym\M@delimiters@font\endcsname +1044511\relax} % fake double right angle } \else \def\M@delimiters@set{% \edef\M@delimiters@font{M\M@delimitersshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{(}{\mathopen}{\M@delimiters@font}{"28} \DeclareMathSymbol{)}{\mathclose}{\M@delimiters@font}{"29} \DeclareMathSymbol{[}{\mathopen}{\M@delimiters@font}{"5B} \DeclareMathSymbol{]}{\mathclose}{\M@delimiters@font}{"5D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lguil}{\mathopen}{\M@delimiters@font}{"2039} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rguil}{\mathclose}{\M@delimiters@font}{"203A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\llguil}{\mathopen}{\M@delimiters@font}{"AB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rrguil}{\mathclose}{\M@delimiters@font}{"BB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftbrace}{\mathopen}{\M@delimiters@font}{"7B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightbrace}{\mathclose}{\M@delimiters@font}{"7D}} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Radicals.\indexpage{keywordradical=keyword \texttt{radical}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \def\M@radical@set{% \edef\M@radical@font{M\M@radicalshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\surd}{\mathord}{\M@radical@font}{"221A} \xdef\@sqrts@gn##1{% \Uradical+\number\csname sym\M@radical@font\endcsname+8730\relax{##1}} % \end{macrocode} % We redefine |\r@@t|, which typesets the degree symbol on an $n$th root. We set the placement so that right side of the box containing the degree lies 60\% of the horizontal distance across the surd symbol, and the baseline of the degree symbol is 60\% of the vertical distance up the surd. % \indexpage{LaTeX kernel=\LaTeX\ kernel} % \begin{macrocode} \gdef\r@@t##1##2{% \setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th##1\sqrtsign{##2}$}% \setbox\surdbox\hbox{$\m@th##1\@sqrts@gn{% \hbox{\vphantom{$\m@th##1##2$}}}$} \dimen@\ht\surdbox \advance\dimen@\dp\surdbox \dimen@=0.6\dimen@ \advance\dimen@-\dp\surdbox \ifdim\wd\rootbox<0.6\wd\surdbox \kern0.6\wd\surdbox \else \kern\wd\rootbox \fi \raise\dimen@\hbox{\llap{\copy\rootbox}} \kern-0.6\wd\surdbox \box\z@} \gdef\sqrtsign##1{\@sqrts@gn{\mkern\radicandoffset##1}}} \else \def\M@radical@set{% \edef\M@radical@font{M\@radicalshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\surd}{\mathord}{\M@radical@font}{"221A}} \fi % \end{macrocode} % Big operators.\indexpage{keywordbigops=keyword \texttt{bigops}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@bigops@set{% \edef\M@bigops@font{M\M@bigopsshape\@tempa} \let\sum\@undefined \let\prod\@undefined \DeclareMathSymbol{\sum}{\mathop}{\M@bigops@font}{"2211} \DeclareMathSymbol{\prod}{\mathop}{\M@bigops@font}{"220F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\intop}{\mathop}{\M@bigops@font}{"222B}} % \end{macrocode} % Extended big operators.\indexpage{keywordextbigops=keyword \texttt{extbigops}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@extbigops@set{% \edef\M@extbigops@font{M\M@extbigopsshape\@tempa} \let\coprod\@undefined \let\bigvee\@undefined \let\bigwedge\@undefined \let\bigcup\@undefined \let\bigcap\@undefined \let\bigoplus\@undefined \let\bigotimes\@undefined \let\bigodot\@undefined \let\bigsqcup\@undefined \DeclareMathSymbol{\coprod}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"2210} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigvee}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"22C1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigwedge}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"22C0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigcup}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"22C3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigcap}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"22C2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\iintop}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"222C} \protected\gdef\iint{\iintop\nolimits} \DeclareMathSymbol{\iiintop}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"222D} \protected\gdef\iiint{\iiintop\nolimits} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ointop}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"222E} \protected\gdef\oint{\ointop\nolimits} \DeclareMathSymbol{\oiintop}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"222F} \protected\gdef\oiint{\oiintop\nolimits} \DeclareMathSymbol{\oiiintop}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"2230} \protected\gdef\oiiint{\oiiintop\nolimits} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigoplus}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"2A01} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigotimes}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"2A02} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigodot}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"2A00} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigsqcap}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"2A05} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigsqcup}{\mathop}{\M@extbigops@font}{"2A06}} % \end{macrocode} % Set symbols.\indexpage{keywordsymbols=keyword \texttt{symbols}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@symbols@set{% \edef\M@symbols@font{M\M@symbolsshape\@tempa} \let\colon\@undefined \let\mathellipsis\@undefined \DeclareMathSymbol{.}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"2E} \DeclareMathSymbol{@}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"40} \DeclareMathSymbol{'}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"2032} \DeclareMathSymbol{\prime}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"2032} \DeclareMathSymbol{"}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"2033} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mathhash}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"23} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mathdollar}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"24} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mathpercent}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"25} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mathand}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"26} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mathparagraph}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"B6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mathsection}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"A7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mathsterling}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"A3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\neg}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"AC} \DeclareMathSymbol{|}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"7C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\infty}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"221E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\partial}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"2202} \DeclareMathSymbol{\degree}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"B0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\increment}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"2206} \DeclareMathSymbol{\comma}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"2C} \DeclareMathSymbol{+}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2B} \DeclareMathSymbol{-}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2212} \DeclareMathSymbol{*}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\times}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"D7} \DeclareMathSymbol{/}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\fractionslash}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2215} \DeclareMathSymbol{\div}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"F7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\pm}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"B1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bullet}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2022} \DeclareMathSymbol{\dagger}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2020} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ddagger}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2021} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cdot}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"2219} \DeclareMathSymbol{\setminus}{\mathbin}{\M@symbols@font}{"5C} \DeclareMathSymbol{=}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"3D} \DeclareMathSymbol{<}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"3C} \DeclareMathSymbol{>}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"3E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leq}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"2264} \DeclareMathSymbol{\geq}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"2265} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sim}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"7E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\approx}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"2248} \DeclareMathSymbol{\equiv}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"2261} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mid}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"7C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\parallel}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"2016} \DeclareMathSymbol{:}{\mathrel}{\M@symbols@font}{"3A} \DeclareMathSymbol{?}{\mathclose}{\M@symbols@font}{"3F} \DeclareMathSymbol{!}{\mathclose}{\M@symbols@font}{"21} \DeclareMathSymbol{,}{\mathpunct}{\M@symbols@font}{"2C} \DeclareMathSymbol{;}{\mathpunct}{\M@symbols@font}{"3B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\colon}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"3A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mathellipsis}{\mathinner}{\M@symbols@font}{"2026} % \end{macrocode} % Now a bit of housekeeping. We redefine |\#|, |\%|, and |\&| as robust commands that expand to previously declared |\mathhash|, etc.\ commands in math mode and retain their standard |\char| definitions otherwise. Other commands that function in both math and horizontal modes such as |\S| or |\dag| also use this technique. Then we define macros |\cong| and |\simeq|. The last three commands defined here preserve the Computer Modern font for charcters used in several math-mode symbols.\indexpage{robust commands} % \begin{macrocode} \protected\gdef\#{\ifmmode\mathhash\else\char"23\relax\fi} \protected\gdef\%{\ifmmode\mathpercent\else\char"25\relax\fi} \protected\gdef\&{\ifmmode\mathand\else\char"26\relax\fi} \DeclareMathSymbol{\@relbar}{\mathbin}{symbols}{"00} \DeclareMathSymbol{\@Relbar}{\mathrel}{operators}{"3D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\@verticalbar}{\mathord}{symbols}{"6A} \ifM@extsymbols\else \protected\gdef\simeq{\mathrel{\mathpalette\stack@flatrel{{-}{\sim}}}} \protected\gdef\cong{\mathrel{\mathpalette\stack@flatrel{{=}{\sim}}}} \fi \protected\gdef\relbar{\mathrel{\smash\@relbar}} \protected\gdef\Relbar{\mathrel{\@Relbar}} \protected\gdef\models{\mathrel{\@verticalbar}\joinrel\Relbar} % \end{macrocode} % If the user enabled Lua-based font asjustments, we declare a few more big operators for fun. For brevity, we put the |adjust@font| conditional here rather than redefining |\M@symbols@set|. % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigat}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"40} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bighash}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"23} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigdollar}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"24} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigpercent}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"25} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigand}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"26} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigplus}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"2B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigp}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"21} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigq}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"3F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigS}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"A7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigtimes}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"D7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bigdiv}{\mathop}{\M@symbols@font}{"F7} % \end{macrocode} % Define |\nabla| if we're adjusting the font. If not, this declaration will go in |extsymbols|. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nabla}{\mathord}{\M@symbols@font}{"2207} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Set extended symbols.\indexpage{keywordextsymbols=keyword \texttt{extsymbols}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@extsymbols@set{% \edef\M@extsymbols@font{M\M@extsymbolsshape\@tempa} \let\angle\@undefined \let\simeq\@undefined \let\sqsubset\@undefined \let\sqsupset\@undefined \let\bowtie\@undefined \let\doteq\@undefined \let\neq\@undefined \let\ng\@undefined \DeclareMathSymbol{\wp}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2118} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Re}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"211C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Im}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2111} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ell}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2113} \DeclareMathSymbol{\forall}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2200} \DeclareMathSymbol{\exists}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2203} \DeclareMathSymbol{\emptyset}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2205} \DeclareMathSymbol{\in}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2208} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ni}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"220B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\mp}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2213} \DeclareMathSymbol{\angle}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2220} \DeclareMathSymbol{\top}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22A4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bot}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22A5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\vdash}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22A2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\dashv}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22A3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\flat}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"266D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\natural}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"266E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sharp}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"266F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\fflat}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"1D12B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ssharp}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"1D12A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bclubsuit}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2663} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bdiamondsuit}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2666} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bheartsuit}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2665} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bspadesuit}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2660} \DeclareMathSymbol{\wclubsuit}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2667} \DeclareMathSymbol{\wdiamondsuit}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2662} \DeclareMathSymbol{\wheartsuit}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2661} \DeclareMathSymbol{\wspadesuit}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2664} \global\let\spadesuit\bspadesuit \global\let\heartsuit\wheartsuit \global\let\diamondsuit\wdiamondsuit \global\let\clubsuit\bclubsuit \DeclareMathSymbol{\wedge}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2227} \DeclareMathSymbol{\vee}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2228} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cap}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2229} \DeclareMathSymbol{\cup}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"222A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqcap}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2293} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqcup}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2294} \DeclareMathSymbol{\amalg}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2A3F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\wr}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2240} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ast}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2217} \DeclareMathSymbol{\star}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22C6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\diamond}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22C4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varcdot}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22C5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\varsetminus}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2216} \DeclareMathSymbol{\oplus}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2295} \DeclareMathSymbol{\otimes}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2297} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ominus}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2296} \DeclareMathSymbol{\odiv}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2A38} \DeclareMathSymbol{\oslash}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2298} \DeclareMathSymbol{\odot}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2299} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqplus}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"229E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqtimes}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22A0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqminus}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"229F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqdot}{\mathbin}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22A1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\in}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2208} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ni}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"220B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\subset}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2282} \DeclareMathSymbol{\supset}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2283} \DeclareMathSymbol{\subseteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2286} \DeclareMathSymbol{\supseteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2287} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqsubset}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"228F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqsupset}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2290} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqsubseteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2291} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqsupseteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2292} \DeclareMathSymbol{\triangleleft}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22B2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\triangleright}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22B3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\trianglelefteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22B4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\trianglerighteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22B5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\propto}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"221D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\bowtie}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22C8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\hourglass}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"29D6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\therefore}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2234} \DeclareMathSymbol{\because}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2235} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ratio}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2236} \DeclareMathSymbol{\proportion}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2237} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ll}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"226A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gg}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"226B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lll}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22D8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ggg}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22D9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2266} \DeclareMathSymbol{\geqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2267} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lapprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2A85} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gapprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2A86} \DeclareMathSymbol{\simeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2243} \DeclareMathSymbol{\eqsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2242} \DeclareMathSymbol{\simeqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2245} \global\let\cong\simeqq \DeclareMathSymbol{\approxeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"224A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sssim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"224B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\seq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"224C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\doteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2250} \DeclareMathSymbol{\coloneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2254} \DeclareMathSymbol{\eqcolon}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2255} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ringeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2257} \DeclareMathSymbol{\arceq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2258} \DeclareMathSymbol{\wedgeeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2259} \DeclareMathSymbol{\veeeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"225A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\stareq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"225B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\triangleeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"225C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\defeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"225D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\qeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"225F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2272} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2273} \DeclareMathSymbol{\prec}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"227A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succ}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"227B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\preceq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"227C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"227D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\preceqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succeqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\precsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"227E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"227F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\precprec}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2ABB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succsucc}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2ABC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\asymp}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"224D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nin}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2209} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nni}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"220C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsubset}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2284} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsupset}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2285} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsubseteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2288} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsupseteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2289} \DeclareMathSymbol{\subsetneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"228A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\supsetneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"228B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsqsubseteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsqsupseteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqsubsetneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\sqsupsetneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\neq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2260} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nl}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"226E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ng}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"226F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nleq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2270} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ngeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2271} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2A87} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2A88} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lneqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2268} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gneqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2269} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ntriangleleft}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22EA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ntriangleright}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22EB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ntrianglelefteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22EC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ntrianglerighteq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22ED} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2241} \DeclareMathSymbol{\napprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2249} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsimeq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2244} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsimeqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2247} \DeclareMathSymbol{\simneqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2246} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nlsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2274} \DeclareMathSymbol{\ngsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2275} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lnsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gnsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lnapprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2A89} \DeclareMathSymbol{\gnapprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2A8A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nprec}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2280} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsucc}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2281} \DeclareMathSymbol{\npreceq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nsucceq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\precneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succneq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\precneqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succneqq}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\precnsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succnsim}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"22E9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\precnapprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2AB9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\succnapprox}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2ABA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nequiv}{\mathrel}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2262} % \end{macrocode} % If we're not adjusting the font, we need to declare |\nabla| here. % \begin{macrocode} \ifM@adjust@font\else \DeclareMathSymbol{\nabla}{\mathord}{\M@extsymbols@font}{"2207} \fi} % \end{macrocode} % Set arrows.\indexpage{keywordarrows=keyword \texttt{arrows}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@arrows@set{% \edef\M@arrows@font{M\M@arrowsshape\@tempa} \let\uparrow\@undefined \let\Uparrow\@undefined \let\downarrow\@undefined \let\Downarrow\@undefined \let\updownarrow\@undefined \let\Updownarrow\@undefined \let\longrightarrow\@undefined \let\longleftarrow\@undefined \let\longleftrightarrow\@undefined \let\hookrightarrow\@undefined \let\hookleftarrow\@undefined \let\Longrightarrow\@undefined \let\Longleftarrow\@undefined \let\Longleftrightarrow\@undefined \let\rightleftharpoons\@undefined \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2192} \global\let\to\rightarrow \DeclareMathSymbol{\nrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"219B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Rightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nRightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21CF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Rrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21DB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\longrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27F6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Longrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27F9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A6} \global\let\mapsto\rightbararrow \DeclareMathSymbol{\Rightbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2907} \DeclareMathSymbol{\longrightbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27FC} \global\let\longmapsto\longrightbararrow \DeclareMathSymbol{\Longrightbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27FE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\hookrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21AA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightdasharrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightharpoonup}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightharpoondown}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightarrowtail}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightoplusarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27F4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightwavearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"219D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightsquigarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21DD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\longrightsquigarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27FF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\looparrowright}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21AC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\curvearrowright}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"293B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\circlearrowright}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21BB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\twoheadrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightarrowtobar}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightwhitearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightrightarrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightrightrightarrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21F6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2190} \global\let\from\leftarrow \DeclareMathSymbol{\nleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"219A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Leftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nLeftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21CD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Lleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21DA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\longleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27F5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Longleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27F8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A4} \global\let\mapsfrom\leftbararrow \DeclareMathSymbol{\Leftbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2906} \DeclareMathSymbol{\longleftbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27FB} \global\let\longmapsfrom\longleftbararrow \DeclareMathSymbol{\Longleftbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27FD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\hookleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftdasharrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftharpoonup}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21BC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftharpoondown}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21BD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftarrowtail}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftoplusarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2B32} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftwavearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"219C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftsquigarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21DC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\longleftsquigarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2B33} \DeclareMathSymbol{\looparrowleft}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21AB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\curvearrowleft}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"293A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\circlearrowleft}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21BA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\twoheadleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"219E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftarrowtobar}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftwhitearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftleftarrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftleftleftarrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2B31} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2194} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Leftrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nLeftrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21CE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\longleftrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27F7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Longleftrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27FA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftrightwavearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21AD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftrightarrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftrightharpoons}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21CB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\leftrightarrowstobar}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21B9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightleftarrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rightleftharpoons}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21CC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\uparrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2191} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Uparrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Uuparrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"290A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\upbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\updasharrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\upharpoonleft}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21BF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\upharpoonright}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21BE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\twoheaduparrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"219F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\uparrowtobar}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2912} \DeclareMathSymbol{\upwhitearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\upwhitebararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21EA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\upuparrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2193} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Downarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Ddownarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"290B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downbararrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downdasharrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\zigzagarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21AF} \global\let\lightningboltarrow\zigzagarrow \DeclareMathSymbol{\downharpoonleft}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downharpoonright}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\twoheaddownarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21A1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downarrowtobar}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2913} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downwhitearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21E9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downdownarrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21CA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\updownarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2195} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Updownarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\updownarrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21C5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downuparrows}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21F5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\updownharpoons}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"296E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\downupharpoons}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"296F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2197} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Nearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nwarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2196} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Nwarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\searrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2198} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Searrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\swarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2199} \DeclareMathSymbol{\Swarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"21D9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nwsearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2921} \DeclareMathSymbol{\neswarrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"2922} \DeclareMathSymbol{\lcirclearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27F2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\rcirclearrow}{\mathrel}{\M@arrows@font}{"27F3}} % \end{macrocode} % Set blackboard bold letters and numbers.\indexpage{keywordbb=keyword \texttt{bb}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@bb@set{% \edef\M@bb@font{M\M@bbshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@A}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D538} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@B}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D539} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@C}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"2102} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@D}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D53B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@E}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D53C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@F}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D53D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@G}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D53E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@H}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"210D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@I}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D540} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@J}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D541} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@K}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D542} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@L}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D543} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@M}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D544} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@N}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"2115} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@O}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D546} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@P}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"2119} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@Q}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"211A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@R}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"211D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@S}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D54A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@T}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D54B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@U}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D54C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@V}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D54D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@W}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D54E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@X}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D54F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@Y}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D550} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@Z}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"2124} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@a}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D552} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@b}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D553} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@c}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D554} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@d}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D555} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@e}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D556} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@f}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D557} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@g}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D558} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@h}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D559} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@i}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D55A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@j}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D55B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@k}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D55C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@l}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D55D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@m}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D55E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@n}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D55F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@o}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D560} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@p}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D561} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@q}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D562} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@r}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D563} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@s}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D564} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@t}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D565} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@u}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D566} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@v}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D567} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@w}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D568} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@x}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D569} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@y}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D56A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bb@z}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D56B} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@0\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7D8} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@1\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7D9} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@2\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7DA} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@3\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7DB} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@4\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7DC} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@5\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7DD} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@6\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7DE} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@7\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7DF} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@8\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7E0} \expandafter\DeclareMathSymbol\expandafter {\csname M@bb@9\endcsname}{\mathord}{\M@bb@font}{"1D7E1}} % \end{macrocode} % Set caligraphic letters.\indexpage{keywordcal=keyword \texttt{cal}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@cal@set{% \edef\M@cal@font{M\M@calshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@A}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D49C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@B}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"212C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@C}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D49E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@D}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D49F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@E}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"2130} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@F}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"2131} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@G}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4A2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@H}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"210B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@I}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"2110} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@J}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4A5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@K}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4A6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@L}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"2112} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@M}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"2133} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@N}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4A9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@O}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4AA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@P}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4AB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@Q}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4AC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@R}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"211B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@S}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4AE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@T}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4AF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@U}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@V}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@W}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@X}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@Y}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@Z}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@a}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@b}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@c}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@d}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4B9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@e}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"212F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@f}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4BB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@g}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"210A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@h}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4BD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@i}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4BE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@j}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4BF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@k}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@l}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@m}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@n}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@o}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"2134} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@p}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@q}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@r}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@s}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@t}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4C9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@u}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4CA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@v}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4CB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@w}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4CC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@x}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4CD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@y}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4CE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@cal@z}{\mathord}{\M@cal@font}{"1D4CF}} % \end{macrocode} % Set fraktur letters.\indexpage{keywordfrak=keyword \texttt{frak}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@frak@set{% \edef\M@frak@font{M\M@frakshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@A}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D504} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@B}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D505} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@C}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"212D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@D}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D507} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@E}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D508} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@F}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D509} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@G}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D50A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@H}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"210C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@I}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"2111} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@J}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D50D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@K}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D50E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@L}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D50F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@M}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D510} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@N}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D511} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@O}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D512} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@P}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D513} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@Q}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D514} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@R}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"211C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@S}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D516} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@T}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D517} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@U}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D518} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@V}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D519} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@W}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D51A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@X}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D51B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@Y}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D51C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@Z}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"2128} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@a}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D51E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@b}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D51F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@c}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D520} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@d}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D521} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@e}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D522} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@f}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D523} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@g}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D524} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@h}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D525} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@i}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D526} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@j}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D527} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@k}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D528} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@l}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D529} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@m}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D52A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@n}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D52B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@o}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D52C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@p}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D52D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@q}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D52E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@r}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D52F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@s}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D530} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@t}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D531} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@u}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D532} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@v}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D533} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@w}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D534} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@x}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D535} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@y}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D536} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@frak@z}{\mathord}{\M@frak@font}{"1D537}} % \end{macrocode} % Set bold caligraphic letters.\indexpage{keywordbcal=keyword \texttt{bcal}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@bcal@set{% \edef\M@bcal@font{M\M@bcalshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@A}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@B}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@C}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@D}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@E}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@F}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@G}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@H}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@I}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@J}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4D9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@K}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4DA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@L}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4DB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@M}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4DC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@N}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4DD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@O}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4DE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@P}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4DF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@Q}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@R}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@S}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@T}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@U}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@V}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@W}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@X}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@Y}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@Z}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4E9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@a}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4EA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@b}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4EB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@c}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4EC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@d}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4ED} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@e}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4EE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@f}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4EF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@g}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F0} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@h}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F1} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@i}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F2} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@j}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F3} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@k}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F4} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@l}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F5} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@m}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F6} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@n}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F7} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@o}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F8} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@p}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4F9} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@q}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4FA} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@r}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4FB} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@s}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4FC} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@t}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4FD} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@u}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4FE} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@v}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D4FF} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@w}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D500} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@x}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D501} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@y}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D502} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bcal@z}{\mathord}{\M@bcal@font}{"1D503}} % \end{macrocode} % Set bold fraktur letters.\indexpage{keywordbfrak=keyword \texttt{bfrak}} % \begin{macrocode} \def\M@bfrak@set{% \edef\M@bfrak@font{M\M@bfrakshape\@tempa} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@A}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D56C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@B}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D56D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@C}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D56E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@D}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D56F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@E}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D570} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@F}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D571} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@G}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D572} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@H}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D573} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@I}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D574} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@J}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D575} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@K}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D576} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@L}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D577} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@M}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D578} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@N}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D579} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@O}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D57A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@P}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D57B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@Q}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D57C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@R}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D57D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@S}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D57E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@T}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D57F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@U}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D580} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@V}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D581} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@W}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D582} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@X}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D583} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@Y}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D584} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@Z}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D585} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@a}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D586} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@b}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D587} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@c}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D588} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@d}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D589} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@e}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D58A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@f}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D58B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@g}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D58C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@h}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D58D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@i}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D58E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@j}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D58F} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@k}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D590} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@l}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D591} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@m}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D592} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@n}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D593} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@o}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D594} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@p}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D595} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@q}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D596} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@r}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D597} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@s}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D598} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@t}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D599} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@u}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D59A} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@v}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D59B} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@w}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D59C} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@x}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D59D} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@y}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D59E} \DeclareMathSymbol{\M@bfrak@z}{\mathord}{\M@bfrak@font}{"1D59F}} % \end{macrocode} % % \vfill\eject % % \section*{Version History} % % New features and updates with each version. Listed in no particular order. % % \begin{multicols*}{2} % \bgroup\raggedright\parskip\z@\parindent\z@\leftskip1em\obeylines % \setbox0\hbox{\hskip 1pt.\hskip 1pt} % \def\version#1#2{\bigskip\hbox to \hsize{\textbf{#1} \cleaders\copy0\hfill\ #2}\par} % \def\item{\leavevmode\raise0.5ex\hbox{\vrule height 1pt width 0.5em}\kern1pt} % \def\item{---\kern0.2ex\relax}^^A I like the em dash better than a vrule % % \version{1.1b}{July 2018} % \item initial release % % \version{1.2}{August 2018} % \item minor bug fix for |\mathfrak| % \item eliminated redundant batchfile % % \version{1.3}{January 2019} % \item added |symbols| keyword\par % \item created |mathfont_example.pdf| % \item corrected the description of the \textsf{mathastext} package % \item font-change |\message| added to |\mathfont| % % \version{1.4}{April 2019} % \item |\setfont| command added % \item |\mathfont| optional argument can parse spaces % \item |no-operators| now default package optional argument % \item added |\comma| command % \item new fancy fatal error message % \item improved messaging for |\mathfont| % \item internal command |\mathpound| changed to |\mathhash| % \item added a missing |#1| after |\char`\"| in the example code redefining |"| in the user guide % % \version{1.5}{April 2019} % \item separated |\increment| and |\Delta| % \item version history added % \item initial off-the-shelf use insert added % % \version{1.6}{December 2019} % \item separated implementation and user documentation % \item created |mathfont_heading.tex| % \item created |mathfont_doc_patch.tex| for use with the index % \item changed |mathfont_greek.pdf| to |mathfont_symbol_list.pdf| % \item eliminated |mathfont_example.pdf| % \item eliminated |operators| package option % \item eliminated |packages| package option % \item font name can be package option % \item added Hebrew and Cyrillic characters % \item separated ancient Greek from modern Greek characters % \item created new keywords: |extsymbols|, |delimiters|, |arrows|, |diacritics|, |bigops|, |extbigops| % \item improved messaging % \item improved internal code for local font-change commands % \item improved space parsing for the optional argument of |\mathfont| % \item bug fix for |\#|, etc.\ commands % \item bad input for |\mathbb|, etc.\ now gives a warning % \item improved error checking for |\newmathrm|, etc.\ commands % \item |\mathfont| now ignores bad options (on top of issuing an error) % \item iternal commands now begin with |\M@|\dots % \item added Easter Egg! % \item improved indexing % \item |mathfont.dtx| renamed as |mathfont_code.dtx| % \item |\newmathbold| renamed as |\newmathbf| % \item default local font changes now use |\updefault|, etc. % \item added fatal error for missing \textsf{fontspec} % \item fatal errors result in |\endinput| rather than |\@@end| % % \version{2.0}{December 2021\strut} % {\smallskip\leftskip\z@ % \fboxrule=1pt\relax % \dimen@\hsize % \advance\dimen@ by -2\fboxrule % \advance\dimen@ by -2\fboxsep % \fbox{\vbox{\hsize\dimen@ % \textbf{Big Change:} Font adjustments for Lua\TeX: new glyph boundaries for Latin letters in math mode, resizable delimiters, actual big operators, MathConstants table based on font metrics}} % \par\smallskip} % \item added |\CharmLine| and |\CharmFile| % \item added |\mathconstantsfont| % \item certain dimensions in equations are now adjustable when typesetting with Lua\TeX % \item added |adjust| and |no-adjust| package options % \item automatic generation of |ind| file % \item fixed symbols for |\leftharpoonup|, |\leftharpoondown|, and fraktur R % \item cleaned up internal code and documentation % \item font names for |\mathfont| stored to avoid multiple symbol font declarations with the same font % \item more information about nfss family names stored and provided % \item added option |empty| % \item raised upper bound on |\DeclareSymbolFont| to 256 % \item reintroduced |mathfont_example.tex| with different contents % \item changed several symbol-commands to |\protected| rather than robust macros % \item many user-level commands are now |\protected| % \item |\updefault| changed to |\shapedefault| % \item eliminated |\catcode| change for space characters when scanning optional argument of |\mathfont| % \item improved messaging for |\mathfont| % \item removed dependence on \textsf{fontspec} and added internal font-loader % \item switched |\epsilon| and |\varepsilon| % \item switched |\phi| and |\varphi| % \item changed |/| to produce a solidus in math mode and added |\fractionslash| % \item removed |\restoremathinternals| from the user guide % \item |\setfont| now sets |\mathrm|, etc. % \item added |\newmathsc|, other math alphabet commands for small caps % % % \egroup % \end{multicols*} % % \iffalse % % %<*user> \documentclass[12pt,twoside]{article} \makeatletter \usepackage[margin=72.27pt]{geometry} \usepackage[factor=700,stretch=14,shrink=14,step=1]{microtype} \usepackage[bottom]{footmisc} \usepackage{booktabs} \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{tabularx} \usepackage{multirow} \usepackage{hyperref} \usepackage{enumitem} \SetEnumitemKey{special}{topsep=\smallskipamount, itemsep=\smallskipamount, parsep=\z@,partopsep=\z@} \setlist{special} \usepackage{doc} \MakeShortVerb{|} \def\link#1{\href{#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}} \newcount\fig \fig=1\relax \c@topnumber\@ne % \skip\footins=7pt % Our own label/ref scheme because the standard one isn't working \def\labelfig#1{\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\makelabel{#1}{\the\fig}}} \def\makelabel#1#2{\expandafter\gdef\csname fig@#1\endcsname{#2}} \begin{document} \def\ref#1{\csname fig@#1\endcsname} \def\documentname{User Guide} \def\showabstract{1} \input mathfont_heading.tex Handling fonts in \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ is a notoriously difficult task because fonts are complicated objects.\footnote{The last 30 years have seen huge advances in loading fonts with \TeX. Donald Knuth originally designed \TeX\ to load fonts created with Metafont, and only more recent engines such as Jonathan Kew's \XeTeX\ and Hans Hagen, et al.'s Lua\TeX\ have extended \TeX's font-loading capabilities to unicode. \XeTeX\ supports OpenType and TrueType fonts natively, and Lua\TeX\ can load OpenType fonts through the \textsf{luaotfload} package. Information on \XeTeX\ is available at \link{https://tug.org/xetex/}, and information on Lua\TeX\ is available at the official website for Lua\TeX: \link{http://www.luatex.org/}. See also Ulrike Fischer, et al., ``\textsf{luaotfload}---OpenType `loader' for Plain \TeX\ and \LaTeX,'' \link{https://ctan.org/pkg/luaotfload}.} The \textsf{mathfont} package loads TrueType and OpenType fonts for use in math mode, and this document explains the package's user-level commands. For version history and code implementation, see |mathfont_code.pdf|, and for a list of all symbols accessible with \textsf{mathfont}, see |mathfont_symbol_list.pdf|. The \textsf{mathfont} installation also includes four example files, and all \textsf{mathfont} pdf documentation files are available on \textsc{ctan}. \section{Loading and Basic Functionality} Loading fonts for math typesetting is more complicated than for regular text. First, the commands to select fonts for math mode, both in plain \TeX\ and in the \textsc{nfss}, are more complicated than the macros to select text fonts, and second, \TeX\ expects fonts for math to contain extra information that it uses to format equations.\footnote{Specifically, this extra information is a set of large variants, math-specific parameter values associated with individual characters, and a MathConstants table. Also, math fonts often use slightly wider bounding boxes for letters in math mode---the Computer Modern $f$ is a famous example. For this reason, \textsf{mathfont} also provides an interface to enlarge the bounding boxes of Latin letters when they appear in math mode. See section 4 for details.} Broadly speaking, we say that a \textit{math font} contains this extra information, whereas a \textit{text font} does not, and typesetting math with glyphs from one or more text fonts usually results in equations that are less aesthetically pleasing than using a properly prepared math font. The functionality of \textsf{mathfont} then is twofold: (1) provide a wrapper around the \textsc{nfss} commands for math typesetting that serves as a high-level interface; and (2) implement Lua\TeX\ callbacks that artificially convert text fonts into math fonts at loading.\footnote{Values for MathConstants table are different from but inspired by Ulrik Vieth, ``Understanding the \AE sthetics of Math Typesetting,'' (Bacho\TeX\ Conference, 2008) and Ulrik Vieth ``OpenType Math Illuminated,'' \textit{TUGboat} 30 (2009): 22--31. See also Bogus\l aw Jackowski, ``Appendix G Illuminated,'' \textit{TUGboat} 27 (2006): 83--90.} Please note that \textsf{mathfont} tries its best to get your fonts right, but if you run into trouble loading the correct font files, you should declare your font family and shapes in the \textsc{nfss} before setting any fonts with \textsf{mathfont}. Because unicode text fonts greatly outnumber unicode math fonts, I hope that my package will expand the set of fonts available for typesetting math in \LaTeX. You must use one of \XeLaTeX\ or Lua\LaTeX\ to typeset a document with \textsf{mathfont}. You can load \textsf{mathfont} with the standard |\usepackage{mathfont}| syntax, and the package accepts three optional arguments. If you use Lua\TeX, the options |adjust| or |no-adjust| will manually specify whether \textsf{mathfont} should adapt text fonts for math mode, and \textsf{mathfont} selects |adjust| by default. If you use \XeTeX, \textsf{mathfont} cannot adjust any font objects with Lua callbacks, and either of these package options will cause an error.\footnote{In particular, with \XeLaTeX\ \textsf{mathfont} does not add big operators or resizable delimiters. This means you will have to use the Computer Modern defaults, load a separate math font for resizable characters, or end up with a document where large operators and delimiters do not scale like they do normally.} For this reason, using Lua\TeX\ with \textsf{mathfont} is recommended as of version 2.0. If you load \textsf{mathfont} with any other optional argument, the package will interpret it as a font name and call |\setfont| (described in the next section) on your argument. Doing so selects that font for the text of your document and for the character classes in the upper section of Table~1. The \textsf{mathfont} package is closely related to several other \LaTeX\ packages. The functionality is closest to that of \textsf{mathspec} by Andrew Gilbert Moschou, which is compatible with \XeTeX\ only and selects characters from text fonts for math.\footnote{Andrew Gilbert Moschou, ``\textsf{mathspec}---Specify arbitrary fonts for mathematics in \XeTeX,'' \link{https://ctan.org/pkg/mathspec}.} The \textsf{unicode-math} package is the standard \LaTeX\ package for loading actual unicode math fonts, and if you have a unicode font with proper math support, rather than a text font that you want to use for equations, consider using this package instead of \textsf{mathfont}.\footnote{Will Robertson, et al., ``\textsf{unicode-math}---Unicode mathematics support for XeTeX and LuaTeX,'' \link{https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math}.} Users who want to a text font for math with pdf\LaTeX\ should consider Jean-Fran\c cois Burnol's \textsf{mathastext} because \textsf{mathfont} is incompatible with pdf\TeX.\footnote{Jean-Fran\c cois Burnol, ``\textsf{mathastext}---Use the text font in maths mode,'' \link{https://ctan.org/pkg/mathastext}. In several previous versions of this documentation, I mischaracterized the approach of \textsf{mathastext} to \TeX's internal mathematics spacing. In fact, \textsf{mathastext} preserves and in some cases extends rules for space between various math-mode characters.} Finally, you will probably be better off using \textsf{fontspec} if your document does not contain any math.\footnote{Will Robertson and Khaled Hosny, ``\textsf{fontspec}---Advanced font selection in \XeLaTeX\ and Lua\LaTeX,'' \link{https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec}.} The \textsf{fontspec} package is designed to load TrueType and OpenType fonts for text and provides a high-level interface for selecting OpenType font features. \begin{figure}[t]\labelfig{Keywords} \centerline{\bfseries Table \the\fig: Character Classes\strut} \global\advance\fig by 1\relax \begin{tabularx}\hsize{lXll}\toprule Keyword & Meaning & Default Shape & Alphabetic?\\\midrule |upper| & Upper-Case Latin & Italic & Yes\\ |lower| & Lower-Case Latin & Italic & Yes\\ |diacritics| & Diacritics & Upright & Yes\\ |greekupper| & Upper-Case Greek & Upright & Yes\\ |greeklower| & Lower-Case Greek & Italic & Yes\\ |digits| & Arabic Numerals & Upright & Yes\\ |operator| & Operator Font & Upright & Yes\\ |delimiters| & Delimiter & Upright & No\\ |radical| & Square Root Symbol & Upright & No\\ |symbols| & Basic Math Symbols & Upright & No\\ |bigops| & Big Operators & Upright & No\\\midrule |agreekupper| & Upper-Case Ancient Greek & Upright & Yes\\ |agreeklower| & Lower-Case Ancient Greek & Italic & Yes\\ |cyrillicupper| & Upper-Case Cyrillic & Upright & Yes\\ |cyrilliclower| & Lower-Case Cyrillic & Italic & Yes\\ |hebrew| & Hebrew & Upright & Yes\\ |extsymbols| & Extended Math Symbols & Upright & No\\ |arrows| & Arrows & Upright & No\\ |extbigops| & Extended Big Operators & Upright & No\\ |bb| & Blackboard Bold (double-struck) & Upright & No\\ |cal| & Caligraphic & Upright & No\\ |frak| & Fraktur & Upright & No\\ |bcal| & Bold Caligraphic & Upright & No\\ |bfrak| & Bold Fraktur & Upright & No\\ \bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{figure} \section{Setting the Default Font} The |\mathfont| command sets the default font for certain classes of characters when they appear in math mode. It accepts a single mandatory argument, which should be a system font name or a family name already present in the \textsc{nfss}. The macro also accepts an optional argument, which should be a comma-separated list of keywords from Table~\ref{Keywords}, as in \begin{code} |\mathfont[|\meta{keywords}|]{|\meta{font name}|}|, \end{code} and \textsf{mathfont} sets the default font face for every character in those keywords to an upright or italic version of the font from the mandatory argument. See |mathfont_symbol_list.pdf| for a list of symbols corresponding to each keyword. If you do not include an optional argument, |\mathfont| acts on all keywords in the upper section of Table~1 (but not including |delimiters|, |radical|, or |bigops| characters in \XeTeX), so calling |\mathfont| with no optional argument is a fast way to change the font for most common math characters. To change the shape, you should say ``|=upright|'' or ``|=italic|'' immediately after the keyword and before the following comma, and spaces are allowed throughout the optional argument. For example, the command \begin{code} |\mathfont[lower=upright, upper=upright]{Times New Roman}| \end{code} changes all Latin letters to upright Times New Roman. Know that once \textsf{mathfont} has set the default font for a keyword in Table~1, it will ignore any future instructions to do so and prints a warning to the terminal instead. \begin{figure}[t] \labelfig{SetFont} \centerline{\bfseries Table \the\fig: Commands Defined by \vrb\setfont\strut} \global\advance\fig by 1\relax \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{XXX}\toprule Command & Series & Shape\\\midrule |\mathrm| & Medium & Upright\\ |\mathit| & Medium & Italic\\ |\mathbf| & Bold & Upright\\ |\mathbfit| & Bold & Italic\\ |\mathsc| & Medium & Small Caps\\ |\mathscit| & Medium & Italic Small Caps\\ |\mathbfsc| & Bold & Small Caps\\ |\mathbfscit| & Bold & Italic Small Caps\\\bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{figure} If you want to change the font for your entire document at once, you should use |\setfont| instead of |\mathfont|. This command accepts a single mandatory argument: \begin{code} |\setfont{|\meta{font name}|}|. \end{code} It calls |\mathfont| without an optional argument---i.e.\ for the default keywords---on your \meta{font name} and sets your document's default text font to be the \meta{font name}. The command also defines the eight commands in Table~\ref{SetFont} using the \meta{font name} and the |\new| macros in the next section. Both |\mathfont| and |\setfont| should appear in the preamble only. To select OpenType features, you should put a colon after the font name and follow it with appropriate OpenType tags. For example adding ``|onum=true|'' tells \TeX\ to load your font with oldstyle numbering, assuming that feature is present in the font.\footnote{By default, \textsf{mathfont} enables standard ligatures, traditional \TeX\ ligatures, and lining numbers. The package sets |smcp| to |true| or |false| depending on whether it is attempting to load a small-caps font. For the full list of OpenType features, see \link{https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featurelist}.} Whenever you declare any font setting, such as calling |\mathfont|, the package uses its own fontloader unless you have loaded \textsf{fontspec}. In that case, \textsf{mathfont} feeds your argument directly to \textsf{fontspec}, and if you previously set any font with \textsf{fontspec}, you can say |\mathfont{fontspec}| to call |\mathfont| with the most recent font used by \textsf{fontspec}. I don't recommend using \textsf{fontspec} indirectly like this unless you know what you're doing because Lua\TeX's default font-loading settings are optimized for text fonts, and you may not see any OpenType font features in math mode as a result.\footnote{The default \textsf{luaotfload} (and \textsf{fontspec}) setting is |mode=node|, but \textsf{mathfont} uses |mode=base|. The |node| setting allows users to enable more OpenType font features in text but prevents any OpenType features from showing up in math mode. On the other hand, |base| supports fewer OpenType features but enables them in math mode. This point may seem technical, but it can be very relevant. For example, Cormorant, used in one of the \textsf{mathfont} example pdf files, uses oldstyle numbers by default but includes lining numbers as a separate OpenType feature. (Oldstyle numbers can work well in text, but lining numbers are a much better default for math.) Loading Cormorant with |mode=node| means that the numbers in math mode will be oldstyle, even if you say |lnum=true|, so |base| mode is necessary here. Like I said, fonts are complicated.} The last five keywords in Table~\ref{Keywords} are a bit different. If you call |\mathfont| on a \meta{keyword} from the last five rows in Table~\ref{Keywords}, the package defines the macro \begin{code} |\math|\meta{keyword}|{|\meta{text}|}| \end{code} to typeset them. For example, \begin{code} |\mathfont[bb]{STIXGeneral}| \end{code} sets STIXGeneral as the font for bold calligraphic characters and defines |\mathbb| to access them. The argument of |\mathbb| should contain only digits and Latin letters, and for the other four keywords, the argument of |\math|\meta{keyword} should contain only Latin letters. \TeX\ will ignore and issue a warning in response to any other characters in the argument of these macros. \section{Local Font Changes} With \textsf{mathfont}, it is possible to create commands that locally change the font for math alphabet characters, i.e.\ those marked as alphabetic in Table~\ref{Keywords}. The eight commands in Table~\ref{MathAlpha} accept a \meta{control sequence} as their first mandatory argument and a \meta{font name} as the second, and they define the \meta{control sequence} to typeset any math alphabet characters in their argument into the \meta{font name}. For example, the macro |\newmathrm| looks like \begin{code} |\newmathrm{|\meta{control sequence}|}{|\meta{font name}|}|. \end{code} It defines the \textit{control sequence} in its first argument to accept a string of characters that it then converts to the \textit{font name} in the second argument with upright shape and medium weight. Writing \begin{code} |\newmathrm{\matharial}{Arial}| \end{code} creates the macro \begin{code} |\matharial{|\meta{argument}|}|, \end{code} which can be used only in math mode and which converts the math alphabet characters in its \meta{argument} into the Arial font with upright shape and medium weight. The other commands in Table~\ref{MathAlpha} function in the same way except that they select different series or shape values. Finally, know that if the user specifies the font for Greek letters using |\mathfont|, macros created with the commands from this section will affect those characters, unlike in traditional \LaTeX. Similarly, the local font-change commands will affect Cyrillic and Hebrew characters after the user calls |\mathfont| for those keywords. \begin{figure}[t] \labelfig{MathAlpha} \centerline{\bfseries Table \the\fig: Macros to Create Local Font-Change Commands\strut} \global\advance\fig by 1\relax \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{XXX}\toprule Command & Series & Shape\\\midrule |\newmathrm| & Medium & Upright\\ |\newmathit| & Medium & Italic\\ |\newmathbf| & Bold & Upright\\ |\newmathbfit| & Bold & Italic\\ |\newmathsc| & Medium & Small Caps\\ |\newmathscit| & Medium & Italic Small Caps\\ |\newmathbfsc| & Bold & Small Caps\\ |\newmathbfscit| & Bold & Italic Small Caps\\\bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{figure} Together these eight commands will provide users with tools for most local font changes, but they won't be able to address everything. Accordingly, \textsf{mathfont} provides the more general |\newmathfontcommand| macro. Its structure is \begin{code} |\newmathfontcommand{|\meta{control sequence}|}{|\meta{font name}|}{|\meta{series}|}{|\meta{shape}|}|, \end{code} where the \meta{control sequence} in the first argument again becomes the macro that changes characters to the \meta{font name}. You are welcome to use a system font name with |\newmathfontcommand|, but the intention behind this command is that you can use an \textsc{nfss} family name for the \meta{font name}. The series and shape values will then correspond to more obscure font faces from the \textsc{nfss} family that you would be otherwise unable to access. The commands from Table~\ref{MathAlpha} as well as |\newmathfontcommand| should appear in the preamble only. \section{Lua Font Adjustments} \begin{figure}[b] \labelfig{Charm} \centerline{\bfseries Table \the\fig: Number of Integers Required in \vrb\CharmLine\strut} \global\advance\fig by 1\relax \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{lX}\toprule Type of Character & \hfil Total Number of Entries\\\midrule Latin Letters & \hfil5 \\ Delimiters, Radical Sign (Surd Character), Big Operators & \hfil33\\ Everything Else & \hfil3\\\bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{figure} The \textsf{mathfont} package provides six user-level commands to change positioning of characters in math mode. The commands |\CharmLine| and |\CharmFile| affect specific to various characters. (Charm stands for ``character metric.'') The argument of |\CharmLine| should be a list of integers and/or asterisks separated by commas and/or spaces, and Table~\ref{Charm} shows how many integers you need for different types of characters. The first integer from the argument should be a unicode encoding number, and that tells \textsf{mathfont} how to handle the remaining values. \begin{itemize} \item If the unicode value corresponds to a Latin letter, the next two integers tell Lua\TeX\ how much to stretch the left and right sides of the glyph's bounding box when it appears in math mode. The final two integers determine horizontal placement of top and bottom math accents respectively. \item If the unicode value corresponds to a delimiter, the radical (surd) symbol, or a big operator, you will need to specify 16 pairs numbers, for a total of 32 entries. The first 15 pairs are horizontal and vertical scale factors that \textsf{mathfont} uses to create large variants, where successive pairs correspond to the next-larger glyph. The last two integers determine horizontal placement of top and bottom math accents respectively. \item If the unicode value corresponds to any other symbol, you should specify two more integers, which will determine the horizontal placement of top and bottom math accents respectively. \end{itemize} Writing an asterisk tells \textsf{mathfont} to use whatever value it has saved in memory, either the default value or the value from the most recent call to |\CharmLine| or |\CharmFile|. If you specify too few charm values, \textsf{mathfont} will raise an error, but if you provide too many, \textsf{mathfont} will silently ignore the extras. For most applications, you can probably ignore charm information altogether, but if you find bounding boxes or accent placement to be off slightly or if you want to change the scaling for a delimiter or big operator, you should try calling |\CharmLine| with different values to see what works. As is typical with decimal inputs in \TeX, \textsf{mathfont} divides your inputs by 1000 before computing with them. Positive integers mean ``increase,'' and negative integers mean ``decrease.'' For a given character, the scale is usually the glyph width. For example, \begin{code} |\CharmLine{97, 200, -200, *, 50}| \end{code} tells \textsf{mathfont} to take the lower-case ``a'' (unicode encoding value of 97), increase the bounding box on the left side by 20\% of the glyph width, decrease the bounding box on the right side by 20\% of the glyph width, do nothing to the top accent, and shift the bottom accent right by 5\% of the glyph width. There is no general formula for what charm values to use for a given font! Rather, you will need to make a design choice based on what looks best, and if you regularly use a particular font, consider making a custom set of charm values uploading it to \textsc{ctan}. Additionally, if you store your charm information in a file, you can read it in with |\CharmFile|. The argument of this command should be a file name, and \textsf{mathfont} reads the file and feeds each line individually to |\CharmLine|. \begin{figure}[tb] \labelfig{Factors} \centerline{\bfseries Table \the\fig: Commands to Adjust Individual Characters\strut} \global\advance\fig by 1\relax \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{llX}\toprule Command & Default Value & What It Does\\\midrule |\RuleThicknessFactor| & 1000 & Thickness of fraction rule and radical overbar\\ |\IntegralItalicFactor| & 400 & Positioning of limits for integrals\\ |\SurdVerticalFactor| & 1000 & Vertical positioning of radical overbar\\ |\SurdHorizontalFactor| & 1000 & Horizontal positioning of radical overbar\\\bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{figure} The commands in Table~\ref{Factors} adjust other aspects of the font as indicated. Each command accepts a single integer as an argument, and \textsf{mathfont} once again divides the input by 1000. With each of these macros, \textsf{mathfont} multiplies the quotient by some default length, so values greater than or less than 1000 mean ``scale up'' or ``scale down'' respectively. For example, \begin{code} |\RuleThicknessFactor{2000}| \end{code} doubles the thickness of the fraction rule and radical overbar relative to the default, which varies between fonts. Changing the |\RuleThicknessFactor| is useful for fonts with particularly heavy or light weight, and the |\IntegralItalicFactor| is important for making limits better fit integral signs, and the |\SurdVerticalFactor| and |\SurdHorizontalFactor| commands are essential when the top of the surd glyph differs from the top of its bounding box. The six control sequences from this section should appear in the preamble only. \begin{figure}[tb] \labelfig{Callbacks} \centerline{\bfseries Table \the\fig: Lua Callbacks Created by \textsf{mathfont}\strut} \global\advance\fig by 1\relax \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{lX}\toprule Callback Name & What It Does By Default\\\midrule |"mathfont.inspect_font"| & Nothing\\\midrule |"mathfont.pre_adjust"| & Nothing\\ |"mathfont.disable_nomath"| & Tell Lua\TeX\ that we have a math font\\ |"mathfont.add_math_constants"| & Create a MathConstants table\\ |"mathfont.fix_character_metrics"|& \raggedright\arraybackslash Adjust bounding boxes, add character-specific math fields, create large variants\\ |"mathfont.post_adjust"| & Nothing\\\bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{figure} Finally, advanced users who want to interact with the font adjustment process directly should use the six callbacks in Table~\ref{Callbacks}. When Lua\TeX\ loads a font, \textsf{mathfont} (1) always calls |mathfont.inspect_font| and (2) calls the other five callbacks in the order that they appear in Table~\ref{Callbacks} if the font object contains |nomath=true|. Functions added to these callbacks should accept a font object as a single argument and return nothing. Further, please be careful when loading functions in the |disable_nomath|, |add_math_constants|, and |fix_character_metrics| callbacks. If you add a function there, Lua\TeX\ will not carry out the default behvaior associated with the callback, so do not mess with these three callbacks unless you are duplicating the default behavior of the callback or you really know what you're doing. Otherwise, you risk breaking the package. See |mathfont_code.pdf| for more information. \section{Default Math Parameters} Lua\TeX\ uses the MathConstants table from the most recent font assigned for use in math mode, and this means that in a document with multiple math fonts, the choice of MathConstants table can depend on the order of font declaration and be unpredictable. To avoid potential problems from using the wrong MathConstants table, \textsf{mathfont} provides the command \begin{code} |\mathconstantsfont{|\meta{prev arg}|}|, \end{code} where \meta{prev arg} should be any argument that you have previously fed to |\mathfont|. When you call |\mathconstantsfont|, \textsf{mathfont} forces Lua\TeX\ to always use the MathConstants table from the font that corresponded to that instance of |\mathfont|. You don't need to worry about MathConstants when you use |\setfont| because the package calls |\mathconstantsfont| automatically when you use |\setfont|. This command should appear in the preamble only. \end{document} % %<*chars> \documentclass[12pt,twoside]{article} \makeatletter \usepackage[margin=72.27pt]{geometry} \usepackage{tabularx} \usepackage{booktabs} \usepackage{multicol} \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{mathfont} \mathfont[agreeklower=upright,agreekupper]{Crimson} \mathfont[hebrew]{Coelacanth} \mathfont[\M@normalkeys,\M@letterlikekeys]{STIXGeneral} \usepackage{shortvrb,doc} \MakeShortVerb{|} \raggedcolumns \parskip=0pt \smallskipamount=2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt \multicolsep=0pt \premulticols=0pt \fboxrule=1pt \CharmLine{8747 1200 1700 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } \CharmLine{8748 1200 1700 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } \CharmLine{8749 1200 1700 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } \CharmLine{8750 1200 1700 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } \CharmLine{8751 1200 1700 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } \CharmLine{8752 1200 1700 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * } \begin{document} \def\documentname{Symbol List} \def\showabstract{1} \input mathfont_heading.tex The \textsf{mathfont} package provides tools to access several hundred characters for math typesetting, and this document lists these symbols along with the control sequences to access them. To get access to the symbols from a section of this document, call |\mathfont| with the keyword-option for that section and the name of a font that contains those symbols. The package does not define any math symbols until you call |\mathfont| or |\setfont| (or load \textsf{mathfont} with a font name as package option), and if you see a symbol or control sequence here that is not part of standard \LaTeX, you will not be able to access it until you call |\mathfont| on the corresponding keyword. Further, \textsf{mathfont} does not come with or load any fonts by itself, so you are responsible for the fonts. Not all fonts contain all math symbols, so choose your font wisely!\footnote{Besides letters and digits, most unicode text fonts should contain diacritics, delimiters, and the basic math characters in the keyword |symbols|. Text fonts will often contain square root and basic operator symbols, but they may not be suitable for math typesetting. Greek characters are hit or miss, and it is unusual for English text fonts to contain Cyrillic, Hebrew, ancient Greek, arrows, letterlike characters, or any extended (keywords |extbigops| and |extsymbols|) set of symbols. After you load \textsf{mathfont}, \TeX\ will print a message to the terminal if you try to typeset a missing character from some font.} This document shows ancient Greek in Crimson, Hebrew in Coelacanth, and all other math characters in STIXGeneral. \begin{figure}[t] \centerline{\bfseries Table 1: Characters Defined by Multiple Keywords\strut} \begin{tabularx}\textwidth{XXX}\toprule Character & Keywords & Default Font\\\midrule \vrb\increment & \texttt{greekupper} & \texttt{symbols}\\ & \texttt{symbols} & \\\midrule \vrb\nabla & \texttt{greekupper} & \texttt{(ext)symbols}\\ & \texttt{symbols} with Lua\TeX & \\ & \texttt{extsymbols} with \XeTeX & \\\midrule \expandafter\vrb\string| & \texttt{symbols} & \texttt{symbols} normally\\ & \texttt{delimiters} with Lua\TeX & \texttt{delimiters} after |\left|, \hfil\penalty0|\right|, etc.\\\midrule \vrb\simeq\ and \vrb\cong & \texttt{symbols} & \texttt{extsymbols} \\ & \texttt{extsymbols} & \\\bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{figure} As of version 2.0, \textsf{mathfont} artificially adds resizable delimiters and big operator characters to text fonts when you complile with Lua\LaTeX. In this case, square root symbols will automatically resize, big operators will appear larger in |\displaystyle|, and you can use |\left|, |\right|, and |\big|, etc.\ with characters from the keyword |delimiters|. If you use \XeTeX, \textsf{mathfont} will not create large variants of characters, and your unicode math symbols will all be the same size as they appear in the font. In this case, you may be best off sticking with the Computer Modern defaults for resizable characters provided they don't clash with the rest of your document. Throughout this document, anything labeled ``Lua\TeX\ only'' means that \textsf{mathfont} provides this functionality only if you enable Lua-based font adjustments. If you load \textsf{mathfont} with the |no-adjust| option, you will not be able to access these features the same as if you compile with \XeTeX. A few characters appear multiple times in this list. When that happens, it means that \textsf{mathfont} defines the control sequence for multiple keywords. If you call |\mathfont| for only one of those keywords, your symbol will appear in the font associated with that keyword. If you call |\mathfont| on multiple keywords, the package uses the font associated with the default keyword/font for that character. Table~1 lists the default keyword for each command that appears multiple times in this document. If you need unicode encoding slot numbers for character metric adjustments, each symbol corresponds to its standard unicode encoding value, with the exception of the fake angle brackets. When you typeset with Lua\TeX, \textsf{mathfont} artificially adds |\fakelangle|, |\fakerangle|, |\fakellangle|, and |\fakerrangle| to the font in encoding slots 1,044,508--1,044,511 respectively. \bigskip\centerline{\vrule height 0.5pt width 2.5in}\medskip\smallskip \catcode`\|=12 \blockheader{lower}{Lower-Case Latin} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample a \charexample b \charexample c \charexample d \charexample e \charexample f \charexample g \charexample h \charexample i \charexample j \charexample k \charexample l \charexample m \charexample n \charexample o \charexample p \charexample q \charexample r \charexample s \charexample t \charexample u \charexample v \charexample w \charexample x \charexample y \charexample z \charexample\hbar \charexample\imath \charexample\jmath \end{multicols} \blockheader{upper}{Upper-Case Latin} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample A \charexample B \charexample C \charexample D \charexample E \charexample F \charexample G \charexample H \charexample I \charexample J \charexample K \charexample L \charexample M \charexample N \charexample O \charexample P \charexample Q \charexample R \charexample S \charexample T \charexample U \charexample V \charexample W \charexample X \charexample Y \charexample Z \end{multicols} \blockheader{diacritics}{Accent} \begin{multicols}{3} \accentexample\acute \accentexample\aacute \accentexample\dot \accentexample\ddot \accentexample\grave \accentexample\breve \accentexample\hat \accentexample\check \accentexample\bar \accentexample\mathring \accentexample\tilde \end{multicols} \blockheader{digits}{Arabic Numeral} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample0 \charexample1 \charexample2 \charexample3 \charexample4 \charexample5 \charexample6 \charexample7 \charexample8 \charexample9 \end{multicols} \blockheader{greekupper}{Upper-Case Greek} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample\Alpha \charexample\Beta \charexample\Gamma \charexample\Delta \charexample\Epsilon \charexample\Zeta \charexample\Eta \charexample\Theta \charexample\Iota \charexample\Kappa \charexample\Lambda \charexample\Mu \charexample\Nu \charexample\Xi \charexample\Omicron \charexample\Pi \charexample\Rho \charexample\Sigma \charexample\Tau \charexample\Upsilon \charexample\Phi \charexample\Chi \charexample\Psi \charexample\Omega \charexample\varTheta \charexample\increment \charexample\nabla \end{multicols} \blockheader{greeklower}{Lower-Case Greek} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample\alpha \charexample\beta \charexample\gamma \charexample\delta \charexample\epsilon \charexample\zeta \charexample\eta \charexample\theta \charexample\iota \charexample\kappa \charexample\lambda \charexample\mu \charexample\nu \charexample\xi \charexample\omicron \charexample\pi \charexample\rho \charexample\sigma \charexample\tau \charexample\upsilon \charexample\phi \charexample\chi \charexample\psi \charexample\omega \charexample\varbeta \charexample\varepsilon \charexample\varkappa \charexample\vartheta \charexample\varrho \charexample\varsigma \charexample\varphi \end{multicols} \blockheader{agreekupper}{Upper-Case Ancient Greek} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample\Heta \charexample\Sampi \charexample\Digamma \charexample\Koppa \charexample\Stigma \charexample\Sho \charexample\San \charexample\varSampi \charexample\varDigamma \charexample\varKoppa \end{multicols} \blockheader{agreeklower}{Lower-Case Ancient Greek} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample\heta \charexample\sampi \charexample\digamma \charexample\koppa \charexample\stigma \charexample\sho \charexample\san \charexample\varsampi \charexample\vardigamma \charexample\varkoppa \end{multicols} \blockheader{cyrillicupper}{Upper-Case Cyrillic} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample\cyrA \charexample\cyrBe \charexample\cyrVe \charexample\cyrGhe \charexample\cyrDe \charexample\cyrIe \charexample\cyrZhe \charexample\cyrZe \charexample\cyrI \charexample\cyrKa \charexample\cyrEl \charexample\cyrEm \charexample\cyrEn \charexample\cyrO \charexample\cyrPe \charexample\cyrEr \charexample\cyrEs \charexample\cyrTe \charexample\cyrU \charexample\cyrEf \charexample\cyrHa \charexample\cyrTse \charexample\cyrChe \charexample\cyrSha \charexample\cyrShcha \charexample\cyrHard \charexample\cyrYeru \charexample\cyrSoft \charexample\cyrE \charexample\cyrYu \charexample\cyrYa \charexample\cyrvarI \end{multicols} \blockheader{cyrilliclower}{Lower-Case Cyrillic} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample\cyra \charexample\cyrbe \charexample\cyrve \charexample\cyrghe \charexample\cyrde \charexample\cyrie \charexample\cyrzhe \charexample\cyrze \charexample\cyri \charexample\cyrka \charexample\cyrel \charexample\cyrem \charexample\cyren \charexample\cyro \charexample\cyrpe \charexample\cyrer \charexample\cyres \charexample\cyrte \charexample\cyru \charexample\cyref \charexample\cyrha \charexample\cyrtse \charexample\cyrche \charexample\cyrsha \charexample\cyrshcha \charexample\cyrhard \charexample\cyryeru \charexample\cyrsoft \charexample\cyre \charexample\cyryu \charexample\cyrya \charexample\cyrvari \end{multicols} \blockheader{hebrew}{Hebrew} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample\aleph \charexample\beth \charexample\gimel \charexample\daleth \charexample\he \charexample\vav \charexample\zayin \charexample\het \charexample\tet \charexample\yod \charexample\kaf \charexample\lamed \charexample\mem \charexample\nun \charexample\samekh \charexample\ayin \charexample\pe \charexample\tsadi \charexample\qof \charexample\resh \charexample\shin \charexample\tav \charexample\varkaf \charexample\varmem \charexample\varnun \charexample\varpe \charexample\vartsadi \end{multicols} \medskip \def\temp{; shown in \texttt{\vrb\big}, etc.\ sizes} \blockheader{delimiters\aftergroup\temp}{Delimiter} \medskip \begin{multicols}{3} \delimexample( \delimexample) \delimexample[ \delimexample] \delimexample{\{\ifmmode\else\space(Lua\TeX\ only)\fi} \delimexample{\}\ifmmode\else\space(Lua\TeX\ only)\fi} \delimexample{|\,\ifmmode\else\space(Lua\TeX\ only)\fi} \delimexample\lguil \delimexample\rguil \delimexample\llguil \delimexample\rrguil \luadelimexample\fakelangle \luadelimexample\fakerangle \luadelimexample\fakellangle \luadelimexample\fakerrangle \hbox to \hsize{\hbox to 0.8in{$\leftbrace$\hfil}\vrb\leftbrace\hfil} \hbox to \hsize{\hbox to 0.8in{$\rightbrace$\hfil}\vrb\rightbrace\hfil} \end{multicols} \medskip \blockheader{radical}{Square Root} \smallskip \begin{multicols}{2} \charexample\surd \def\temp{ (Lua\TeX\ only)\hfill} \charexample{\sqrt{\ifmmode\mkern 12mu\vphantom{1}\else\temp\fi}} \end{multicols} \blockheader{bigops}{Big Operator} \smallskip \begin{multicols}{2} \operatorexample\sum \operatorexample\prod \operatorexample\intop \end{multicols} \medskip \blockheader{extbigops}{Extended Big Operators} \smallskip \begin{multicols}{3} \operatorexample\coprod \operatorexample\bigvee \operatorexample\bigwedge \operatorexample\bigcap \operatorexample\bigcup \operatorexample\bigoplus \operatorexample\bigotimes \operatorexample\bigodot \operatorexample\bigsqcap \operatorexample\bigsqcup \operatorexample\iint \operatorexample\iiint \operatorexample\oint \operatorexample\oiint \operatorexample\oiiint \end{multicols} \medskip \blockheader{symbols}{Basic Math} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample. \charexample @ \let\par\relax \charexample\# \charexample\$ \charexample\% \charexample\& \charexample\P \charexample\S \charexample\pounds \charexample| \charexample\neg \charexample\infty \charexample\partial \charexample\mathbackslash \charexample\degree \charexample\increment \def\temp{ (Lua\TeX only)} \charexample{\nabla\ifmmode\else\temp\fi} \charexample' \charexample\prime \charexample" \charexample+ \charexample- \charexample* \charexample\times \charexample/ \charexample\fractionslash \charexample\div \charexample\pm \charexample\bullet \charexample\dag \charexample\ddag \charexample\cdot \charexample\setminus \charexample= \charexample< \charexample> \charexample\leq \charexample\geq \charexample\sim \charexample\approx \charexample\simeq \charexample\equiv \charexample\cong \charexample\mid \charexample\parallel \charexample! \charexample? \charexample{,\ifmmode\else\phantom{\texttt{comma}} (as \rlap{\vrb\mathpunct)}\fi} \charexample{\comma\ifmmode\else\space(as \vrb\mathord)\fi} \charexample{:\ifmmode\else\phantom{\texttt{colon}} (as \vrb\mathrel)\fi} \charexample{\colon\ifmmode\else\space(as \vrb\mathord)\fi} \charexample; \charexample\mathellipsis \end{multicols} \blockheader{symbols}{Lua\TeX-only (!) Operator} \begin{multicols}{3} \operatorexample\bigat \operatorexample\bighash \operatorexample\bigdollar \operatorexample\bigpercent \operatorexample\bigand \operatorexample\bigplus \operatorexample\bigp \operatorexample\bigq \operatorexample\bigS \operatorexample\bigtimes \operatorexample\bigdiv \end{multicols} \blockheader{extsymbols}{Extended Math} \begin{multicols}{3} \charexample\wp \charexample\Re \charexample\Im \charexample\ell \charexample\forall \charexample\exists \charexample\emptyset \charexample{\nabla\ifmmode\else\space(\XeTeX)\fi} \charexample\in \charexample\ni \charexample\mp \charexample\angle \charexample\top \charexample\bot \charexample\vdash \charexample\dashv \charexample\flat \charexample\natural \charexample\sharp \charexample\bclubsuit \charexample\clubsuit \charexample\bdiamondsuit \charexample\bheartsuit \charexample\bspadesuit \charexample\spadesuit \charexample\wclubsuit \charexample\wdiamondsuit \charexample\diamondsuit \charexample\wheartsuit \charexample\heartsuit \charexample\wspadesuit \charexample\wedge \charexample\vee \charexample\cap \charexample\cup \charexample\sqcap \charexample\sqcup \charexample\amalg \charexample\wr \charexample\ast \charexample\star \charexample\diamond \charexample\varcdot \charexample\varsetminus \charexample\oplus \charexample\otimes \charexample\ominus \charexample\odiv \charexample\oslash \charexample\odot \charexample\sqplus \charexample\sqtimes \charexample\sqminus \charexample\sqdot \charexample\in \charexample\ni \charexample\subset \charexample\supset \charexample\subseteq \charexample\supseteq \charexample\sqsubset \charexample\sqsupset \charexample\sqsubseteq \charexample\sqsupseteq \charexample\triangleleft \charexample\triangleright \charexample\trianglelefteq \charexample\trianglerighteq \charexample\propto \charexample\bowtie \charexample\hourglass \charexample\therefore \charexample\because \charexample\ratio \charexample\proportion \charexample\ll \charexample\gg \charexample\lll \charexample\ggg \charexample\leqq \charexample\geqq \charexample\lapprox \charexample\gapprox \charexample\simeq \charexample\eqsim \charexample\simeqq \charexample\cong \charexample\approxeq \charexample\sssim \charexample\seq \charexample\doteq \charexample\coloneq \charexample\eqcolon \charexample\ringeq \charexample\arceq \charexample\wedgeeq \charexample\veeeq \charexample\stareq \charexample\triangleeq \charexample\defeq \charexample\qeq \charexample\lsim \charexample\gsim \charexample\prec \charexample\succ \charexample\preceq \charexample\succeq \charexample\preceqq \charexample\succeqq \charexample\precsim \charexample\succsim \charexample\precapprox \charexample\succapprox \charexample\precprec \charexample\succsucc \charexample\asymp \charexample\nin \charexample\nni \charexample\nsubset \charexample\nsupset \charexample\nsubseteq \charexample\nsupseteq \charexample\subsetneq \charexample\supsetneq \charexample\nsqsubseteq \charexample\nsqsupseteq \charexample\sqsubsetneq \charexample\sqsupsetneq \charexample\neq \charexample\nl \charexample\ng \charexample\nleq \charexample\ngeq \charexample\lneq \charexample\gneq \charexample\lneqq \charexample\gneqq \charexample\ntriangleleft \charexample\ntriangleright \charexample\ntrianglelefteq \charexample\ntrianglerighteq \charexample\nsim \charexample\napprox \charexample\nsimeq \charexample\nsimeqq \charexample\simneqq \charexample\nlsim \charexample\ngsim \charexample\lnsim \charexample\gnsim \charexample\lnapprox \charexample\gnapprox \charexample\nprec \charexample\nsucc \charexample\npreceq \charexample\nsucceq \charexample\precneq \charexample\succneq \charexample\precneqq \charexample\succneqq \charexample\precnsim \charexample\succnsim \charexample\precnapprox \charexample\succnapprox \charexample\nequiv \end{multicols} \blockheader{arrows}{Arrow} \begin{multicols}{2} \charexample\rightarrow \charexample\to \charexample\nrightarrow \charexample\Rightarrow \charexample\nRightarrow \charexample\Rrightarrow \charexample\longrightarrow \charexample\Longrightarrow \charexample\rightbararrow \charexample\mapsto \charexample\Rightbararrow \charexample\longrightbararrow \charexample\longmapsto \charexample\Longrightbararrow \charexample\hookrightarrow \charexample\rightdasharrow \charexample\rightharpoonup \charexample\rightharpoondown \charexample\rightarrowtail \charexample\rightoplusarrow \charexample\rightwavearrow \charexample\rightsquigarrow \charexample\longrightsquigarrow \charexample\looparrowright \charexample\curvearrowright \charexample\circlearrowright \charexample\twoheadrightarrow \charexample\rightarrowtobar \charexample\rightwhitearrow \charexample\rightrightarrows \charexample\rightrightrightarrows \charexample\leftarrow \charexample\from \charexample\nleftarrow \charexample\Leftarrow \charexample\nLeftarrow \charexample\Lleftarrow \charexample\longleftarrow \charexample\Longleftarrow \charexample\leftbararrow \charexample\mapsfrom \charexample\Leftbararrow \charexample\longleftbararrow \charexample\longmapsfrom \charexample\Longleftbararrow \charexample\hookleftarrow \charexample\leftdasharrow \charexample\leftharpoonup \charexample\leftharpoondown \charexample\leftarrowtail \charexample\leftoplusarrow \charexample\leftwavearrow \charexample\leftsquigarrow \charexample\longleftsquigarrow \charexample\looparrowleft \charexample\curvearrowleft \charexample\circlearrowleft \charexample\twoheadleftarrow \charexample\leftarrowtobar \charexample\leftwhitearrow \charexample\leftleftarrows \charexample\leftleftleftarrows \charexample\leftrightarrow \charexample\Leftrightarrow \charexample\nLeftrightarrow \charexample\longleftrightarrow \charexample\Longleftrightarrow \charexample\leftrightwavearrow \charexample\leftrightarrows \charexample\leftrightharpoons \charexample\leftrightarrowstobar \charexample\rightleftarrows \charexample\rightleftharpoons \charexample\uparrow \charexample\Uparrow \charexample\Uuparrow \charexample\upbararrow \charexample\updasharrow \charexample\upharpoonleft \charexample\upharpoonright \charexample\twoheaduparrow \charexample\uparrowtobar \charexample\upwhitearrow \charexample\upwhitebararrow \charexample\upuparrows \charexample\downarrow \charexample\Downarrow \charexample\Ddownarrow \charexample\downbararrow \charexample\downdasharrow \charexample\zigzagarrow \charexample\lightningboltarrow \charexample\downharpoonleft \charexample\downharpoonright \charexample\twoheaddownarrow \charexample\downarrowtobar \charexample\downwhitearrow \charexample\downdownarrows \charexample\updownarrow \charexample\Updownarrow \charexample\updownarrows \charexample\downuparrows \charexample\updownharpoons \charexample\downupharpoons \charexample\nearrow \charexample\Nearrow \charexample\nwarrow \charexample\Nwarrow \charexample\searrow \charexample\Searrow \charexample\swarrow \charexample\Swarrow \charexample\nwsearrow \charexample\neswarrow \charexample\lcirclearrow \charexample\rcirclearrow \end{multicols} \blockheader{bb}{Blackboard Bold} \letterlikechars\mathbb \hbox to 10em{\printchars\digits} \blockheader{cal}{Caligraphic} \letterlikechars\mathcal \blockheader{frak}{Fraktur} \letterlikechars\mathfrak \blockheader{bcal}{Bold Calligraphic} \letterlikechars\mathbcal \blockheader{bfrak}{Bold Fraktur} \letterlikechars\mathbfrak \end{document} % %<*equations> \begin{multicols}{2} \let\medskip\relax Black-Scholes Equation \[ \frac{\partial V}{\partial t}+\frac12\sigma^2S^2\frac{\partial^2V}{\partial S^2}= rV-rS\frac{\partial V}{\partial X} \] \medskip Cardano's Formula/Cubic Formula \begin{align*} t_i&=\omega_i\sqrt[3]{-\frac q2+\sqrt{\frac{q^2}4+\frac{p^3}{27}}}\\ &\qquad\qquad{}+\omega_i^2\sqrt[3]{-\frac q2-\sqrt{\frac{q^2}4+\frac{p^3}{27}}} \end{align*} \medskip Einstein's Field Equation (General Relativity) \[ R_{\mu\nu}-\frac12Rg_{\mu\nu}+\Lambda g_{\mu\nu}=\frac{8\pi G}{c^4}T_{\mu\nu} \] \medskip First Isomorphism Theorem \[ \phi(X)\cong X/\ker(\phi) \] \medskip Gauss-Bonnet Formula \[ \int_MK\ dA+\int_{\partial M}k_g\ ds=2\pi\chi(M) \] \medskip Maxwell's Equations \begin{align*} \nabla\bullet\mathbf E&=\frac\rho{\epsilon_0}& \nabla\bullet\mathbf B&=0\\ \nabla\times\mathbf E&=-\frac{\partial\mathbf B}{\partial t}& \nabla\times\mathbf B&=\mu_0\left(\mathbf J+ \epsilon_0\frac{\partial\mathbf E}{\partial t}\right) \end{align*} \medskip Michaelis-Menten Model \[ v=\frac{d[P]}{dt}=V\frac{[S]}{K_M+[S]} \] %% next column begins here Navier-Stokes Equation \begin{align*} \frac{\partial}{\partial t}(\rho\mathbf{u})+\nabla\bullet (\rho \mathbf{u}\otimes \mathbf{u})={} &{-}\nabla\bar p+\mu\nabla^2\mathbf{u}\\ &+\frac13\mu\nabla(\nabla\bullet u)+ \rho\mathbf{g} \end{align*} \medskip Quadratic Formula \[ x=\frac{-b\pm\sqrt{b^2-4ac}}{2a} \] \medskip Ramanujan's Approximation for $\Gamma$ \[ \Gamma(1+x)\approx\sqrt\pi\,x^xe^{-x}\,\sqrt[6]{8x^3+4x^2+x+\frac1{30}} \] \medskip Residue Theorem \[ \frac1{2i\pi}\int_{\gamma}f(z)\ dz=\sum_{k=1}^n\Res_{a_k}(f) \] \medskip Riemann Zeta Function \begin{align*} \zeta(z)&=\sum_{i=1}^\infty\frac1{z^i} =\frac1{\Gamma(z)}\int_0^\infty\frac{x^{z-1}}{e^x-1}\ dx\\ &=2^z\pi^{z-1}\sin\left(\frac{\pi z}2\right)\,\Gamma(1-z)\,\zeta(1-z) \end{align*} \medskip Schrodinger Equation \[ i\hbar\frac d{dt}|\Psi(t)\fakerangle=\hat H|\Psi(t)\fakerangle \] \medskip Lorentz Transformation (Special Relativity) \[ t'=\left(t-\frac{vx}{c^2}\right)\frac1{\sqrt{1-\frac{v^2}{c^2}}} \] \end{multicols} % %<*cormorant> \documentclass[12pt]{article} \makeatletter \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} \usepackage{innerscript} \usepackage{multicol} \usepackage{amsmath} \DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res} \usepackage{mathfont} \DeclareFontFamily{TU}{Cormorant}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{Cormorant}{m}{n} {<->"Cormorant Medium:\M@default@otf@features;-liga"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{Cormorant}{m}{it} {<->"Cormorant Medium Italic:\M@default@otf@features"}{} \mathfont[greeklower=upright,greekupper]{Crimson} \mathfont[diacritics]{Bona Nova} \setfont{Cormorant} \RuleThicknessFactor{600} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nabla}{\mathord}{Mupright0}{"2207} \DeclareMathSymbol{\nabla}{\mathord}{Mupright0}{"2207} \parindent=0pt\relax \begin{document} \let\footnote\@gobble \def\showabstract{0} \let\textsf\relax \let\ttfamily\relax \def\documentname{Example---Cormorant} \input mathfont_heading.tex This is Cormorant with Crimson for Greek characters and Bona Nova for diacritics. Testing. Testing. Brown foxes quickly jump over dazzling does and harts. This document shows an example of mathfont in action. Unfortunately, there are many more equations in the world than I have space for here. Nevertheless, I hope I hit some of the highlights. Happy \TeX ing! \input{mathfont_equations.tex} \end{document} % %<*kelvinch> \documentclass[12pt]{article} \makeatletter \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} \usepackage{innerscript} \usepackage{multicol} \usepackage{amsmath} \DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res} \usepackage{mathfont} \mathfont[radical]{Crimson} \setfont{Kelvinch} \IntegralItalicFactor{500} \SurdHorizontalFactor{900} \parindent=0pt\relax \begin{document} \let\footnote\@gobble \def\showabstract{0} \let\textsf\relax \let\ttfamily\relax \def\documentname{Example---Kelvinch} \input mathfont_heading.tex This is Kelvinch with Crimson for the radical signs. Testing. Testing. Brown foxes quickly jump over dazzling does and harts. This document shows an example of mathfont in action. Unfortunately, there are many more equations in the world than I have space for here. Nevertheless, I hope I hit some of the highlights. Happy \TeX ing! \input{mathfont_equations.tex} \end{document} % %<*roboto> \documentclass[12pt]{article} \makeatletter \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} \usepackage{innerscript} \usepackage{multicol} \usepackage{amsmath} \DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res} \usepackage{mathfont} \mathfont[radical]{Overpass} \setfont{Roboto} \mathfont[]{STIXGeneral} \DeclareSymbolFont{Mupright2}{TU}{STIXGeneral}{m}{n} \DeclareMathSymbol{\otimes}{\mathbin}{Mupright2}{"2297} \RuleThicknessFactor{1900} \IntegralItalicFactor{500} \SurdHorizontalFactor{800} \parindent=0pt\relax \begin{document} \let\footnote\@gobble \def\showabstract{0} \let\textsf\relax \let\ttfamily\relax \def\documentname{Example---Roboto} \input mathfont_heading.tex This is Roboto with Overpass for the radical signs and STIXGeneral for the tensor product. Testing. Testing. Brown foxes quickly jump over dazzling does and harts. This document shows an example of mathfont in action. Unfortunately, there are many more equations in the world than I have space for here. Nevertheless, I hope I hit some of the highlights. Happy \TeX ing! \input{mathfont_equations.tex} \end{document} % %<*typey> \documentclass[12pt]{article} \makeatletter \usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry} \usepackage{innerscript} \usepackage{multicol} \usepackage{amsmath} \DeclareMathOperator{\Res}{Res} \usepackage{mathfont} \mathfont[radical]{Crimson} \DeclareFontFamily{TU}{Typey}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{Typey}{m}{n} {<->"Typey McTypeface:\M@default@otf@features"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{Typey}{m}{it} {<->"Typey McTypeface/I:\M@default@otf@features"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{Typey}{b}{n} {<->"Typey McTypeface:\M@default@otf@features;embolden=6"}{} \DeclareFontShape{TU}{Typey}{b}{it} {<->"Typey McTypeface/I:\M@default@otf@features;embolden=6"}{} \setfont{Typey} \mathfont[]{STIXGeneral} \DeclareSymbolFont{Mroman2}{TU}{STIXGeneral}{m}{n} \DeclareMathSymbol{\otimes}{\mathbin}{Mroman2}{"2297} \RuleThicknessFactor{1300} \SurdHorizontalFactor{860} \parindent=0pt\relax \begin{document} \let\footnote\@gobble \def\showabstract{0} \let\textsf\relax \let\ttfamily\relax \def\documentname{Example---Typey McTypeface} \input mathfont_heading.tex This is Typey McTypeface with Crimson for the radical signs and STIXGeneral for the tensor product. Testing. Testing. Brown foxes quickly jump over dazzling does and harts. This document shows mathfont in action. Unfortunately, there are many more equations in the world than I have space for here. Nevertheless, I hope I hit some of the highlights. Happy \TeX ing! \let\bullet\cdot \input{mathfont_equations.tex} \end{document} % %<*heading> % package date and edition \def\packagedate{December 2021} \def\packageversion{2.0} % header and footer commands \let\@@section\section \def\section{\@ifstar\star@sect\no@star@sect} \def\star@sect#1{\@@section*{#1}\section@name{#1}} \def\no@star@sect#1{\@@section{#1}\section@name{#1}} \def\section@name#1{\expandafter \def\csname section@\thesection\endcsname{#1}} \def\sectionname{\csname section@\thesection\endcsname} \def\@oddhead{\ifnum\count0>1\relax \rlap{\textit{\sectionname}}\hfil \hbox to 0pt{\hss\documentname\hss}\hfil \llap{\the\count0}\fi} \def\@evenhead{\ifnum\count0>1\relax \rlap{\the\count0}\hfil \hbox to 0pt{\hss\documentname\hss}\hfil \llap{\textit{\sectionname}}\fi} \def\@oddfoot{\hfil\ifnum\count0=1\relax1\fi\hfil} \let\@evenfoot\@empty % penalties \pretolerance=20 \hyphenpenalty=10 \exhyphenpenalty=5 \brokenpenalty=0 \clubpenalty=5 \widowpenalty=5 \finalhyphendemerits=300 \doublehyphendemerits=500 % general macros \protected\def\XeTeX{X\kern-0.1em \raise-0.5ex\hbox{\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{E}}\kern-0.15em \TeX} \protected\def\XeLaTeX{X\kern-0.1em \raise-0.5ex\hbox{\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{E}}\kern-0.13em \LaTeX} \bgroup \count@\catcode`\| \catcode`\|=12\relax \gdef\indexpage#1{\index{#1|usage}} \egroup \protected\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}} \bgroup \catcode`\_=12 \protected\gdef\fontspeccommand{\texttt{\string\fontspec_set_family:Nnn}} \protected\gdef\fontspecbool{\texttt{\string\g__fontspec_math_bool}} \egroup \def\topfraction{1} \def\bottomfraction{1} \newenvironment{code} {\strut\vadjust\bgroup\medskip\parindent\z@\leftskip2em\relax \noindent\strut\ignorespaces} {\strut\par\medskip\egroup\hfill\break\strut\ignorespacesafterend} \def\vrb#1{\expandafter\texttt\expandafter{\string#1}} \parskip=0pt % symbol list macros \def\charexample#1{\hbox to \hsize{\hbox to 0.4in{$#1$\hfil}\vrb#1\hfil}} \def\accentexample#1{\hbox to \hsize{\hbox to 0.4in{$#1 a$\hfil}\vrb#1\hfil}} \def\delimexample#1{\hbox to \hsize{% \hbox to 0.8in{$#1\big#1\Big#1\bigg#1\Bigg#1$\hfil}\vrb#1\hfil}} \def\luadelimexample#1{\hbox{\vbox{\hbox to 0.8in{% $#1\big#1\Big#1\bigg#1\Bigg#1$\hfil}\hrule width 0pt height 0pt\relax}% \hbox to \dimexpr\hsize-0.8in{\vbox{\vss \hbox{\vrb#1} \hbox{\quad(Lua\TeX only)} \vss}\hfil}}} \def\operatorexample#1{\hbox to \hsize{% \hbox to 0.4in{$#1$\hfil}% \hbox to 0.4in{$\displaystyle#1$\hfil}\vrb#1\hfil}\smallskip} \def\blockheader#1#2{% \bigskip\medskip \penalty-9000 \hbox{\fbox{\hbox to \dimexpr\hsize-2\fboxrule-2\fboxsep\relax{% \hfil#2 Characters (Keyword \texttt{#1})\strut\hfil}}} \medskip} \def\upperalphabet{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY} \def\loweralphabet{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxy} \def\digits{0123456789} \def\printchars#1{% \expandafter\@tfor\expandafter\letter\expandafter:\expandafter=#1\do{% \rlap{$\@tempstyle{\letter}$}\hfill}} \def\letterlikechars#1{\smallskip\let\@tempstyle#1 \noindent\printchars\upperalphabet\hbox to 0.6em{$\@tempstyle{Z}$\hss}\par \noindent\printchars\loweralphabet\hbox to 0.6em{$\@tempstyle{z}$\hss}\par} % title information {\large\parindent=0pt\leftskip=0pt plus 1 fil\rightskip=0pt plus 1fil\parfillskip=0pt {\strut\Large Package \textsf{mathfont} v.\ \packageversion\ \documentname\let\thefootnote\relax\footnote{Acknowledgements: Thanks to Lyric Bingham for her work checking my unicode hex values. Thanks to Herbert Voss and Andreas Zidak for pointing out bugs in previous versions of \textsf{mathfont}. Thanks to Jean-Fran\c cois Burnol for pointing out an error in the documentation in reference to their \textsf{mathastext} package.}\global\advance\c@footnote\m@ne}\par {\strut Conrad Kosowsky}\par {\strut\packagedate}\par {\strut\ttfamily kosowsky.latex@gmail.com}\par} \bigskip \ifnum\showabstract=1\relax % off-the-shelf insert \hrule height \p@\hbox{\vrule width \p@\kern-\p@\relax\vbox{\medskip {\leftskip=1.4in\rightskip=1.4in \noindent\strut For easy, off-the-shelf use, type the following in your preamble and compile with \XeLaTeX\ or Lua\LaTeX:\par \medskip \vbox{\noindent\hfil{|\usepackage[|\meta{font name}|]{mathfont}|}\hfil} \medskip \noindent As of version 2.0, using Lua\LaTeX\ is recommended.\par} \medskip}\kern-\p@\vrule width \p@}\hrule height \p@ \bigskip {\small \centerline{\bfseries Overview\strut} \smallskip \leftskip=0.5in\relax \rightskip=0.5in\relax \noindent The \textsf{mathfont} package adapts unicode text fonts for math mode. The package allows the user to specify a default unicode font for different classes of math symbols, and it provides tools to change the font locally for math alphabet characters. When typesetting with Lua\TeX, \textsf{mathfont} adds resizable delimiters, big operators, and a MathConstants table to text fonts.\par} \bigskip\bigskip\nointerlineskip \centerline{\vrule height 0.5pt width 2.5in}\bigskip\medskip \fi % %<*doc> % definitions and a new toks \let\?\SpecialUsageIndex \expandafter\newif\csname if@def\endcsname \newtoks\index@nomainlist \index@nomainlist{} \MacrocodeTopsep=2.5pt plus 3pt minus 1pt \def\@defname{def} \def\@edefname{edef} \def\@letname{let} \let\main\textbf % choose macros not to index by definition \def\DoNotIndexMain{\bgroup \catcode`\\=12\relax \do@not@index@main} \def\do@not@index@main#1{\egroup \index@nomainlist\expandafter{\the\index@nomainlist#1,}} % the patch \def\macro@finish{\macro@namepart \if@def \@deffalse \@expandtwoargs\in@{\macro@namepart}{\the\index@excludelist}\relax \ifin@ \else \@expandtwoargs\in@{\macro@namepart}{\the\index@nomainlist}\relax \ifin@ \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\SpecialIndex{\bslash\macro@namepart}}\relax \@tempa \else \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\SpecialMainIndex{\bslash\macro@namepart}}\relax \@tempa \fi \fi \else \ifx\macro@namepart\@defname \@deftrue \else \ifx\macro@namepart\@edefname \@deftrue \else \ifx\macro@namepart\@letname \@deftrue \fi \fi \fi \@expandtwoargs\in@{\macro@namepart}{\the\index@excludelist}\relax \ifin@ \else \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\SpecialIndex{\bslash\macro@namepart}}\relax \@tempa \fi \fi} % the other patch (just one change: \parskip\z@ to \parskip 0pt plus 0.2pt) \def\macro@code{% \topsep \MacrocodeTopsep \@beginparpenalty0% \predisplaypenalty \if@inlabel\leavevmode\fi \trivlist \parskip 0pt plus 0.2pt \item[]% \macro@font \leftskip\@totalleftmargin \advance\leftskip\MacroIndent \rightskip\z@ \parindent\z@ \parfillskip\@flushglue \blank@linefalse \def\par{\ifblank@line \leavevmode\fi \blank@linetrue\@@par \penalty\interlinepenalty} \obeylines \let\do\do@noligs \verbatim@nolig@list \let\do\@makeother \dospecials \global\@newlistfalse \global\@minipagefalse \ifcodeline@index \everypar{\global\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne \llap{\theCodelineNo\ \hskip\@totalleftmargin}% \check@module}% \else \everypar{\check@module}% \fi \init@crossref} % % % \fi % % \check@checksum % \endinput